forked from AuroraMiddleware/gtk
9928 lines
299 KiB
C
9928 lines
299 KiB
C
/* GTK - The GIMP Toolkit
|
|
* Copyright (C) 1995-1997 Peter Mattis, Spencer Kimball and Josh MacDonald
|
|
*
|
|
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
|
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
|
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
|
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
|
*
|
|
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
|
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
|
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
|
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
|
*
|
|
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
|
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
|
|
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
|
|
* Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Modified by the GTK+ Team and others 1997-2000. See the AUTHORS
|
|
* file for a list of people on the GTK+ Team. See the ChangeLog
|
|
* files for a list of changes. These files are distributed with
|
|
* GTK+ at ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk/.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#include <config.h>
|
|
#include <stdarg.h>
|
|
#include <string.h>
|
|
#include <locale.h>
|
|
#include "gtkcontainer.h"
|
|
#include "gtkaccelmap.h"
|
|
#include "gtkclipboard.h"
|
|
#include "gtkiconfactory.h"
|
|
#include "gtkintl.h"
|
|
#include "gtkmain.h"
|
|
#include "gtkmarshalers.h"
|
|
#include "gtkrc.h"
|
|
#include "gtkselection.h"
|
|
#include "gtksettings.h"
|
|
#include "gtksizegroup.h"
|
|
#include "gtkwidget.h"
|
|
#include "gtkwindow.h"
|
|
#include "gtkbindings.h"
|
|
#include "gtkprivate.h"
|
|
#include "gdk/gdk.h"
|
|
#include "gdk/gdkprivate.h" /* Used in gtk_reset_shapes_recurse to avoid copy */
|
|
#include <gobject/gvaluecollector.h>
|
|
#include <gobject/gobjectnotifyqueue.c>
|
|
#include "gdk/gdkkeysyms.h"
|
|
#include "gtkaccessible.h"
|
|
#include "gtktooltip.h"
|
|
#include "gtkinvisible.h"
|
|
#include "gtkbuildable.h"
|
|
#include "gtkbuilderprivate.h"
|
|
#include "gtkalias.h"
|
|
|
|
#define WIDGET_CLASS(w) GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (w)
|
|
#define INIT_PATH_SIZE (512)
|
|
|
|
|
|
enum {
|
|
SHOW,
|
|
HIDE,
|
|
MAP,
|
|
UNMAP,
|
|
REALIZE,
|
|
UNREALIZE,
|
|
SIZE_REQUEST,
|
|
SIZE_ALLOCATE,
|
|
STATE_CHANGED,
|
|
PARENT_SET,
|
|
HIERARCHY_CHANGED,
|
|
STYLE_SET,
|
|
DIRECTION_CHANGED,
|
|
GRAB_NOTIFY,
|
|
CHILD_NOTIFY,
|
|
MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE,
|
|
GRAB_FOCUS,
|
|
FOCUS,
|
|
MOVE_FOCUS,
|
|
EVENT,
|
|
EVENT_AFTER,
|
|
BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT,
|
|
BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT,
|
|
SCROLL_EVENT,
|
|
MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT,
|
|
DELETE_EVENT,
|
|
DESTROY_EVENT,
|
|
EXPOSE_EVENT,
|
|
KEY_PRESS_EVENT,
|
|
KEY_RELEASE_EVENT,
|
|
ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT,
|
|
LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT,
|
|
CONFIGURE_EVENT,
|
|
FOCUS_IN_EVENT,
|
|
FOCUS_OUT_EVENT,
|
|
MAP_EVENT,
|
|
UNMAP_EVENT,
|
|
PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT,
|
|
SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT,
|
|
SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT,
|
|
SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT,
|
|
SELECTION_GET,
|
|
SELECTION_RECEIVED,
|
|
PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT,
|
|
PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT,
|
|
DRAG_BEGIN,
|
|
DRAG_END,
|
|
DRAG_DATA_DELETE,
|
|
DRAG_LEAVE,
|
|
DRAG_MOTION,
|
|
DRAG_DROP,
|
|
DRAG_DATA_GET,
|
|
DRAG_DATA_RECEIVED,
|
|
CLIENT_EVENT,
|
|
NO_EXPOSE_EVENT,
|
|
VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT,
|
|
WINDOW_STATE_EVENT,
|
|
POPUP_MENU,
|
|
SHOW_HELP,
|
|
ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED,
|
|
SCREEN_CHANGED,
|
|
CAN_ACTIVATE_ACCEL,
|
|
GRAB_BROKEN,
|
|
COMPOSITED_CHANGED,
|
|
QUERY_TOOLTIP,
|
|
KEYNAV_FAILED,
|
|
DRAG_FAILED,
|
|
DAMAGE_EVENT,
|
|
LAST_SIGNAL
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
enum {
|
|
PROP_0,
|
|
PROP_NAME,
|
|
PROP_PARENT,
|
|
PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST,
|
|
PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST,
|
|
PROP_VISIBLE,
|
|
PROP_SENSITIVE,
|
|
PROP_APP_PAINTABLE,
|
|
PROP_CAN_FOCUS,
|
|
PROP_HAS_FOCUS,
|
|
PROP_IS_FOCUS,
|
|
PROP_CAN_DEFAULT,
|
|
PROP_HAS_DEFAULT,
|
|
PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT,
|
|
PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD,
|
|
PROP_STYLE,
|
|
PROP_EVENTS,
|
|
PROP_EXTENSION_EVENTS,
|
|
PROP_NO_SHOW_ALL,
|
|
PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP,
|
|
PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP,
|
|
PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT,
|
|
PROP_WINDOW
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
typedef struct _GtkStateData GtkStateData;
|
|
|
|
struct _GtkStateData
|
|
{
|
|
GtkStateType state;
|
|
guint state_restoration : 1;
|
|
guint parent_sensitive : 1;
|
|
guint use_forall : 1;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/* --- prototypes --- */
|
|
static void gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass);
|
|
static void gtk_widget_base_class_finalize (GtkWidgetClass *klass);
|
|
static void gtk_widget_init (GtkWidget *widget);
|
|
static void gtk_widget_set_property (GObject *object,
|
|
guint prop_id,
|
|
const GValue *value,
|
|
GParamSpec *pspec);
|
|
static void gtk_widget_get_property (GObject *object,
|
|
guint prop_id,
|
|
GValue *value,
|
|
GParamSpec *pspec);
|
|
static void gtk_widget_dispose (GObject *object);
|
|
static void gtk_widget_real_destroy (GtkObject *object);
|
|
static void gtk_widget_finalize (GObject *object);
|
|
static void gtk_widget_real_show (GtkWidget *widget);
|
|
static void gtk_widget_real_hide (GtkWidget *widget);
|
|
static void gtk_widget_real_map (GtkWidget *widget);
|
|
static void gtk_widget_real_unmap (GtkWidget *widget);
|
|
static void gtk_widget_real_realize (GtkWidget *widget);
|
|
static void gtk_widget_real_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget);
|
|
static void gtk_widget_real_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkRequisition *requisition);
|
|
static void gtk_widget_real_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkAllocation *allocation);
|
|
static void gtk_widget_style_set (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkStyle *previous_style);
|
|
static void gtk_widget_direction_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkTextDirection previous_direction);
|
|
|
|
static void gtk_widget_real_grab_focus (GtkWidget *focus_widget);
|
|
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
gint x,
|
|
gint y,
|
|
gboolean keyboard_tip,
|
|
GtkTooltip *tooltip);
|
|
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_show_help (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkWidgetHelpType help_type);
|
|
|
|
static void gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed (GtkWidget *object,
|
|
guint n_pspecs,
|
|
GParamSpec **pspecs);
|
|
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_key_press_event (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GdkEventKey *event);
|
|
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_key_release_event (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GdkEventKey *event);
|
|
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GdkEventFocus *event);
|
|
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GdkEventFocus *event);
|
|
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkDirectionType direction);
|
|
static void gtk_widget_real_move_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkDirectionType direction);
|
|
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkDirectionType direction);
|
|
static PangoContext* gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget);
|
|
static void gtk_widget_update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget);
|
|
static void gtk_widget_propagate_state (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkStateData *data);
|
|
static void gtk_widget_reset_rc_style (GtkWidget *widget);
|
|
static void gtk_widget_set_style_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkStyle *style,
|
|
gboolean initial_emission);
|
|
static gint gtk_widget_event_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GdkEvent *event);
|
|
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
gboolean group_cycling);
|
|
static void gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info);
|
|
static AtkObject* gtk_widget_real_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget);
|
|
static void gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init (AtkImplementorIface *iface);
|
|
static AtkObject* gtk_widget_ref_accessible (AtkImplementor *implementor);
|
|
static void gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GdkRegion *region);
|
|
static GdkScreen * gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (GtkWidget *widget);
|
|
static void gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (GtkWidget *widget);
|
|
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
guint signal_id);
|
|
|
|
static void gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
gboolean has_tooltip,
|
|
gboolean force);
|
|
static void gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface);
|
|
static void gtk_widget_buildable_set_name (GtkBuildable *buildable,
|
|
const gchar *name);
|
|
static const gchar * gtk_widget_buildable_get_name (GtkBuildable *buildable);
|
|
static GObject * gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
|
|
GtkBuilder *builder,
|
|
const gchar *childname);
|
|
static void gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property (GtkBuildable *buildable,
|
|
GtkBuilder *builder,
|
|
const gchar *name,
|
|
const GValue *value);
|
|
static gboolean gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start (GtkBuildable *buildable,
|
|
GtkBuilder *builder,
|
|
GObject *child,
|
|
const gchar *tagname,
|
|
GMarkupParser *parser,
|
|
gpointer *data);
|
|
static void gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
|
|
GtkBuilder *builder,
|
|
GObject *child,
|
|
const gchar *tagname,
|
|
gpointer data);
|
|
static void gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
|
|
GtkBuilder *builder);
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
gint width,
|
|
gint height);
|
|
static void gtk_widget_get_draw_rectangle (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GdkRectangle *rect);
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* --- variables --- */
|
|
static gpointer gtk_widget_parent_class = NULL;
|
|
static guint widget_signals[LAST_SIGNAL] = { 0 };
|
|
static GtkStyle *gtk_default_style = NULL;
|
|
static GSList *colormap_stack = NULL;
|
|
static guint composite_child_stack = 0;
|
|
static GtkTextDirection gtk_default_direction = GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR;
|
|
static GParamSpecPool *style_property_spec_pool = NULL;
|
|
|
|
static GQuark quark_property_parser = 0;
|
|
static GQuark quark_aux_info = 0;
|
|
static GQuark quark_accel_path = 0;
|
|
static GQuark quark_accel_closures = 0;
|
|
static GQuark quark_event_mask = 0;
|
|
static GQuark quark_extension_event_mode = 0;
|
|
static GQuark quark_parent_window = 0;
|
|
static GQuark quark_shape_info = 0;
|
|
static GQuark quark_input_shape_info = 0;
|
|
static GQuark quark_colormap = 0;
|
|
static GQuark quark_pango_context = 0;
|
|
static GQuark quark_rc_style = 0;
|
|
static GQuark quark_accessible_object = 0;
|
|
static GQuark quark_mnemonic_labels = 0;
|
|
static GQuark quark_tooltip_markup = 0;
|
|
static GQuark quark_has_tooltip = 0;
|
|
static GQuark quark_tooltip_window = 0;
|
|
GParamSpecPool *_gtk_widget_child_property_pool = NULL;
|
|
GObjectNotifyContext *_gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/* --- functions --- */
|
|
GType
|
|
gtk_widget_get_type (void)
|
|
{
|
|
static GType widget_type = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (G_UNLIKELY (widget_type == 0))
|
|
{
|
|
const GTypeInfo widget_info =
|
|
{
|
|
sizeof (GtkWidgetClass),
|
|
NULL, /* base_init */
|
|
(GBaseFinalizeFunc) gtk_widget_base_class_finalize,
|
|
(GClassInitFunc) gtk_widget_class_init,
|
|
NULL, /* class_finalize */
|
|
NULL, /* class_init */
|
|
sizeof (GtkWidget),
|
|
0, /* n_preallocs */
|
|
(GInstanceInitFunc) gtk_widget_init,
|
|
NULL, /* value_table */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
const GInterfaceInfo accessibility_info =
|
|
{
|
|
(GInterfaceInitFunc) gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init,
|
|
(GInterfaceFinalizeFunc) NULL,
|
|
NULL /* interface data */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
const GInterfaceInfo buildable_info =
|
|
{
|
|
(GInterfaceInitFunc) gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init,
|
|
(GInterfaceFinalizeFunc) NULL,
|
|
NULL /* interface data */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
widget_type = g_type_register_static (GTK_TYPE_OBJECT, "GtkWidget",
|
|
&widget_info, G_TYPE_FLAG_ABSTRACT);
|
|
|
|
g_type_add_interface_static (widget_type, ATK_TYPE_IMPLEMENTOR,
|
|
&accessibility_info) ;
|
|
g_type_add_interface_static (widget_type, GTK_TYPE_BUILDABLE,
|
|
&buildable_info) ;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return widget_type;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
child_property_notify_dispatcher (GObject *object,
|
|
guint n_pspecs,
|
|
GParamSpec **pspecs)
|
|
{
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (object)->dispatch_child_properties_changed (GTK_WIDGET (object), n_pspecs, pspecs);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
|
|
{
|
|
static GObjectNotifyContext cpn_context = { 0, NULL, NULL };
|
|
GObjectClass *gobject_class = G_OBJECT_CLASS (klass);
|
|
GtkObjectClass *object_class = GTK_OBJECT_CLASS (klass);
|
|
GtkBindingSet *binding_set;
|
|
|
|
gtk_widget_parent_class = g_type_class_peek_parent (klass);
|
|
|
|
quark_property_parser = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-rc-property-parser");
|
|
quark_aux_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-aux-info");
|
|
quark_accel_path = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accel-path");
|
|
quark_accel_closures = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accel-closures");
|
|
quark_event_mask = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-event-mask");
|
|
quark_extension_event_mode = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-extension-event-mode");
|
|
quark_parent_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-parent-window");
|
|
quark_shape_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-shape-info");
|
|
quark_input_shape_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-input-shape-info");
|
|
quark_colormap = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-colormap");
|
|
quark_pango_context = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-pango-context");
|
|
quark_rc_style = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-rc-style");
|
|
quark_accessible_object = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accessible-object");
|
|
quark_mnemonic_labels = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-mnemonic-labels");
|
|
quark_tooltip_markup = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-tooltip-markup");
|
|
quark_has_tooltip = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-has-tooltip");
|
|
quark_tooltip_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-tooltip-window");
|
|
|
|
style_property_spec_pool = g_param_spec_pool_new (FALSE);
|
|
_gtk_widget_child_property_pool = g_param_spec_pool_new (TRUE);
|
|
cpn_context.quark_notify_queue = g_quark_from_static_string ("GtkWidget-child-property-notify-queue");
|
|
cpn_context.dispatcher = child_property_notify_dispatcher;
|
|
_gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context = &cpn_context;
|
|
|
|
gobject_class->dispose = gtk_widget_dispose;
|
|
gobject_class->finalize = gtk_widget_finalize;
|
|
gobject_class->set_property = gtk_widget_set_property;
|
|
gobject_class->get_property = gtk_widget_get_property;
|
|
|
|
object_class->destroy = gtk_widget_real_destroy;
|
|
|
|
klass->activate_signal = 0;
|
|
klass->set_scroll_adjustments_signal = 0;
|
|
klass->dispatch_child_properties_changed = gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed;
|
|
klass->show = gtk_widget_real_show;
|
|
klass->show_all = gtk_widget_show;
|
|
klass->hide = gtk_widget_real_hide;
|
|
klass->hide_all = gtk_widget_hide;
|
|
klass->map = gtk_widget_real_map;
|
|
klass->unmap = gtk_widget_real_unmap;
|
|
klass->realize = gtk_widget_real_realize;
|
|
klass->unrealize = gtk_widget_real_unrealize;
|
|
klass->size_request = gtk_widget_real_size_request;
|
|
klass->size_allocate = gtk_widget_real_size_allocate;
|
|
klass->state_changed = NULL;
|
|
klass->parent_set = NULL;
|
|
klass->hierarchy_changed = NULL;
|
|
klass->style_set = gtk_widget_style_set;
|
|
klass->direction_changed = gtk_widget_direction_changed;
|
|
klass->grab_notify = NULL;
|
|
klass->child_notify = NULL;
|
|
klass->mnemonic_activate = gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate;
|
|
klass->grab_focus = gtk_widget_real_grab_focus;
|
|
klass->focus = gtk_widget_real_focus;
|
|
klass->event = NULL;
|
|
klass->button_press_event = NULL;
|
|
klass->button_release_event = NULL;
|
|
klass->motion_notify_event = NULL;
|
|
klass->delete_event = NULL;
|
|
klass->destroy_event = NULL;
|
|
klass->expose_event = NULL;
|
|
klass->key_press_event = gtk_widget_real_key_press_event;
|
|
klass->key_release_event = gtk_widget_real_key_release_event;
|
|
klass->enter_notify_event = NULL;
|
|
klass->leave_notify_event = NULL;
|
|
klass->configure_event = NULL;
|
|
klass->focus_in_event = gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event;
|
|
klass->focus_out_event = gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event;
|
|
klass->map_event = NULL;
|
|
klass->unmap_event = NULL;
|
|
klass->window_state_event = NULL;
|
|
klass->property_notify_event = _gtk_selection_property_notify;
|
|
klass->selection_clear_event = gtk_selection_clear;
|
|
klass->selection_request_event = _gtk_selection_request;
|
|
klass->selection_notify_event = _gtk_selection_notify;
|
|
klass->selection_received = NULL;
|
|
klass->proximity_in_event = NULL;
|
|
klass->proximity_out_event = NULL;
|
|
klass->drag_begin = NULL;
|
|
klass->drag_end = NULL;
|
|
klass->drag_data_delete = NULL;
|
|
klass->drag_leave = NULL;
|
|
klass->drag_motion = NULL;
|
|
klass->drag_drop = NULL;
|
|
klass->drag_data_received = NULL;
|
|
klass->screen_changed = NULL;
|
|
klass->can_activate_accel = gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel;
|
|
klass->grab_broken_event = NULL;
|
|
klass->query_tooltip = gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip;
|
|
|
|
klass->show_help = gtk_widget_real_show_help;
|
|
|
|
/* Accessibility support */
|
|
klass->get_accessible = gtk_widget_real_get_accessible;
|
|
|
|
klass->no_expose_event = NULL;
|
|
|
|
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
|
|
PROP_NAME,
|
|
g_param_spec_string ("name",
|
|
P_("Widget name"),
|
|
P_("The name of the widget"),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
|
|
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
|
|
PROP_PARENT,
|
|
g_param_spec_object ("parent",
|
|
P_("Parent widget"),
|
|
P_("The parent widget of this widget. Must be a Container widget"),
|
|
GTK_TYPE_CONTAINER,
|
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
|
|
|
|
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
|
|
PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST,
|
|
g_param_spec_int ("width-request",
|
|
P_("Width request"),
|
|
P_("Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be used"),
|
|
-1,
|
|
G_MAXINT,
|
|
-1,
|
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
|
|
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
|
|
PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST,
|
|
g_param_spec_int ("height-request",
|
|
P_("Height request"),
|
|
P_("Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be used"),
|
|
-1,
|
|
G_MAXINT,
|
|
-1,
|
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
|
|
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
|
|
PROP_VISIBLE,
|
|
g_param_spec_boolean ("visible",
|
|
P_("Visible"),
|
|
P_("Whether the widget is visible"),
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
|
|
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
|
|
PROP_SENSITIVE,
|
|
g_param_spec_boolean ("sensitive",
|
|
P_("Sensitive"),
|
|
P_("Whether the widget responds to input"),
|
|
TRUE,
|
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
|
|
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
|
|
PROP_APP_PAINTABLE,
|
|
g_param_spec_boolean ("app-paintable",
|
|
P_("Application paintable"),
|
|
P_("Whether the application will paint directly on the widget"),
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
|
|
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
|
|
PROP_CAN_FOCUS,
|
|
g_param_spec_boolean ("can-focus",
|
|
P_("Can focus"),
|
|
P_("Whether the widget can accept the input focus"),
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
|
|
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
|
|
PROP_HAS_FOCUS,
|
|
g_param_spec_boolean ("has-focus",
|
|
P_("Has focus"),
|
|
P_("Whether the widget has the input focus"),
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
|
|
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
|
|
PROP_IS_FOCUS,
|
|
g_param_spec_boolean ("is-focus",
|
|
P_("Is focus"),
|
|
P_("Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel"),
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
|
|
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
|
|
PROP_CAN_DEFAULT,
|
|
g_param_spec_boolean ("can-default",
|
|
P_("Can default"),
|
|
P_("Whether the widget can be the default widget"),
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
|
|
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
|
|
PROP_HAS_DEFAULT,
|
|
g_param_spec_boolean ("has-default",
|
|
P_("Has default"),
|
|
P_("Whether the widget is the default widget"),
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
|
|
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
|
|
PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT,
|
|
g_param_spec_boolean ("receives-default",
|
|
P_("Receives default"),
|
|
P_("If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused"),
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
|
|
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
|
|
PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD,
|
|
g_param_spec_boolean ("composite-child",
|
|
P_("Composite child"),
|
|
P_("Whether the widget is part of a composite widget"),
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
|
|
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
|
|
PROP_STYLE,
|
|
g_param_spec_object ("style",
|
|
P_("Style"),
|
|
P_("The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look (colors etc)"),
|
|
GTK_TYPE_STYLE,
|
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
|
|
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
|
|
PROP_EVENTS,
|
|
g_param_spec_flags ("events",
|
|
P_("Events"),
|
|
P_("The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets"),
|
|
GDK_TYPE_EVENT_MASK,
|
|
GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK,
|
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
|
|
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
|
|
PROP_EXTENSION_EVENTS,
|
|
g_param_spec_enum ("extension-events",
|
|
P_("Extension events"),
|
|
P_("The mask that decides what kind of extension events this widget gets"),
|
|
GDK_TYPE_EXTENSION_MODE,
|
|
GDK_EXTENSION_EVENTS_NONE,
|
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
|
|
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
|
|
PROP_NO_SHOW_ALL,
|
|
g_param_spec_boolean ("no-show-all",
|
|
P_("No show all"),
|
|
P_("Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget"),
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget:has-tooltip:
|
|
*
|
|
* Enables or disables the emission of #GtkWidget::query-tooltip on @widget.
|
|
* A value of %TRUE indicates that @widget can have a tooltip, in this case
|
|
* the widget will be queried using #GtkWidget::query-tooltip to determine
|
|
* whether it will provide a tooltip or not.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that setting this property to %TRUE for the first time will change
|
|
* the event masks of the GdkWindows of this widget to include leave-notify
|
|
* and motion-notify events. This cannot and will not be undone when the
|
|
* property is set to %FALSE again.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.12
|
|
*/
|
|
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
|
|
PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP,
|
|
g_param_spec_boolean ("has-tooltip",
|
|
P_("Has tooltip"),
|
|
P_("Whether this widget has a tooltip"),
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget:tooltip-text:
|
|
*
|
|
* Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string.
|
|
*
|
|
* Also see gtk_tooltip_set_text().
|
|
*
|
|
* This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the
|
|
* tooltip shown if the given string is not %NULL: #GtkWidget:has-tooltip
|
|
* will automatically be set to %TRUE and there will be taken care of
|
|
* #GtkWidget::query-tooltip in the default signal handler.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.12
|
|
*/
|
|
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
|
|
PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT,
|
|
g_param_spec_string ("tooltip-text",
|
|
P_("Tooltip Text"),
|
|
P_("The contents of the tooltip for this widget"),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget:tooltip-markup:
|
|
*
|
|
* Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string, which is marked up
|
|
* with the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>.
|
|
* Also see gtk_tooltip_set_markup().
|
|
*
|
|
* This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the
|
|
* tooltip shown if the given string is not %NULL: #GtkWidget:has-tooltip
|
|
* will automatically be set to %TRUE and there will be taken care of
|
|
* #GtkWidget::query-tooltip in the default signal handler.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.12
|
|
*/
|
|
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
|
|
PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP,
|
|
g_param_spec_string ("tooltip-markup",
|
|
P_("Tooltip markup"),
|
|
P_("The contents of the tooltip for this widget"),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget:window:
|
|
*
|
|
* The widget's window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: GSEAL-branch
|
|
*/
|
|
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
|
|
PROP_WINDOW,
|
|
g_param_spec_object ("window",
|
|
P_("Window"),
|
|
P_("The widget's window if it is realized"),
|
|
GDK_TYPE_WINDOW,
|
|
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
|
|
|
|
widget_signals[SHOW] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("show"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, show),
|
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
|
|
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
|
|
widget_signals[HIDE] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("hide"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, hide),
|
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
|
|
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
|
|
widget_signals[MAP] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("map"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, map),
|
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
|
|
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
|
|
widget_signals[UNMAP] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("unmap"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unmap),
|
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
|
|
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
|
|
widget_signals[REALIZE] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("realize"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, realize),
|
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
|
|
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
|
|
widget_signals[UNREALIZE] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("unrealize"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unrealize),
|
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
|
|
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
|
|
widget_signals[SIZE_REQUEST] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("size_request"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, size_request),
|
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED,
|
|
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
|
|
GTK_TYPE_REQUISITION | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
|
|
widget_signals[SIZE_ALLOCATE] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("size_allocate"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, size_allocate),
|
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED,
|
|
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
|
|
GDK_TYPE_RECTANGLE | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
|
|
|
|
widget_signals[STATE_CHANGED] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("state_changed"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, state_changed),
|
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
|
|
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
|
|
GTK_TYPE_STATE_TYPE);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::parent-set:
|
|
* @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
|
|
* @old_parent: the previous parent, or %NULL if the widget
|
|
* just got its initial parent.
|
|
*
|
|
* The ::parent-set signal is emitted when a new parent
|
|
* has been set on a widget.
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[PARENT_SET] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("parent_set"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, parent_set),
|
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
|
|
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
|
|
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::hierarchy-changed:
|
|
* @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
|
|
* @previous_toplevel: the previous toplevel ancestor, or %NULL
|
|
* if the widget was previously unanchored
|
|
*
|
|
* The ::hierarchy-changed signal is emitted when the
|
|
* anchored state of a widget changes. A widget is
|
|
* <firstterm>anchored</firstterm> when its toplevel
|
|
* ancestor is a #GtkWindow. This signal is emitted when
|
|
* a widget changes from un-anchored to anchored or vice-versa.
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[HIERARCHY_CHANGED] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("hierarchy_changed"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, hierarchy_changed),
|
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
|
|
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
|
|
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::style-set:
|
|
* @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
|
|
* @previous_style: the previous style, or %NULL if the widget
|
|
* just got its initial style
|
|
*
|
|
* The ::style-set signal is emitted when a new style has been set
|
|
* on a widget. Note that style-modifying functions like
|
|
* gtk_widget_modify_base() also cause this signal to be emitted.
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[STYLE_SET] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("style_set"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, style_set),
|
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
|
|
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
|
|
GTK_TYPE_STYLE);
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::direction-changed:
|
|
* @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
|
|
* @previous_direction: the previous text direction of @widget
|
|
*
|
|
* The ::direction-changed signal is emitted when the text direction
|
|
* of a widget changes.
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[DIRECTION_CHANGED] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("direction_changed"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, direction_changed),
|
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
|
|
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
|
|
GTK_TYPE_TEXT_DIRECTION);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::grab-notify:
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal
|
|
* @was_grabbed: %FALSE if the widget becomes shadowed, %TRUE
|
|
* if it becomes unshadowed
|
|
*
|
|
* The ::grab-notify signal is emitted when a widget becomes
|
|
* shadowed by a GTK+ grab (not a pointer or keyboard grab) on
|
|
* another widget, or when it becomes unshadowed due to a grab
|
|
* being removed.
|
|
*
|
|
* A widget is shadowed by a gtk_grab_add() when the topmost
|
|
* grab widget in the grab stack of its window group is not
|
|
* its ancestor.
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[GRAB_NOTIFY] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("grab_notify"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_notify),
|
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_VOID__BOOLEAN,
|
|
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::child-notify:
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal
|
|
* @pspec: the #GParamSpec of the changed child property
|
|
*
|
|
* The ::child-notify signal is emitted for each
|
|
* <link linkend="child-properties">child property</link> that has
|
|
* changed on an object. The signal's detail holds the property name.
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[CHILD_NOTIFY] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("child_notify"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST | G_SIGNAL_NO_RECURSE | G_SIGNAL_DETAILED | G_SIGNAL_NO_HOOKS,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, child_notify),
|
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|
g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__PARAM,
|
|
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
|
|
G_TYPE_PARAM);
|
|
widget_signals[MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("mnemonic_activate"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, mnemonic_activate),
|
|
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOOLEAN,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
|
|
widget_signals[GRAB_FOCUS] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("grab_focus"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_focus),
|
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
|
|
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
|
|
widget_signals[FOCUS] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("focus"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (object_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus),
|
|
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
|
|
GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
|
|
widget_signals[MOVE_FOCUS] =
|
|
_gtk_binding_signal_new (I_("move_focus"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (object_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
|
|
G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_real_move_focus),
|
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
|
|
G_TYPE_NONE,
|
|
1,
|
|
GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::event:
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
|
|
* @event: the #GdkEvent which triggered this signal
|
|
*
|
|
* The GTK+ main loop will emit three signals for each GDK event delivered
|
|
* to a widget: one generic ::event signal, another, more specific,
|
|
* signal that matches the type of event delivered (e.g.
|
|
* #GtkWidget::key-press-event) and finally a generic
|
|
* #GtkWidget::event-after signal.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event
|
|
* and to cancel the emission of the second specific ::event signal.
|
|
* %FALSE to propagate the event further and to allow the emission of
|
|
* the second signal. The ::event-after signal is emitted regardless of
|
|
* the return value.
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[EVENT] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("event"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, event),
|
|
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
|
|
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::event-after:
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
|
|
* @event: the #GdkEvent which triggered this signal
|
|
*
|
|
* After the emission of the #GtkWidget::event signal and (optionally)
|
|
* the second more specific signal, ::event-after will be emitted
|
|
* regardless of the previous two signals handlers return values.
|
|
*
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[EVENT_AFTER] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("event_after"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
0,
|
|
0,
|
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED,
|
|
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
|
|
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::button-press-event:
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
|
|
* @event: the #GdkEventButton which triggered this signal
|
|
*
|
|
* The ::button-press-event signal will be emitted when a button
|
|
* (typically from a mouse) is pressed.
|
|
*
|
|
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the
|
|
* widget needs to enable the #GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK mask.
|
|
*
|
|
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
|
|
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("button_press_event"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, button_press_event),
|
|
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
|
|
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::button-release-event:
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
|
|
* @event: the #GdkEventButton which triggered this signal
|
|
*
|
|
* The ::button-release-event signal will be emitted when a button
|
|
* (typically from a mouse) is released.
|
|
*
|
|
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the
|
|
* widget needs to enable the #GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK mask.
|
|
*
|
|
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
|
|
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("button_release_event"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, button_release_event),
|
|
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
|
|
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::scroll-event:
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
|
|
* @event: the #GdkEventScroll which triggered this signal
|
|
*
|
|
* The ::scroll-event signal is emitted when a button in the 4 to 7
|
|
* range is pressed. Wheel mice are usually configured to generate
|
|
* button press events for buttons 4 and 5 when the wheel is turned.
|
|
*
|
|
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
|
|
* to enable the #GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK mask.
|
|
*
|
|
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
|
|
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[SCROLL_EVENT] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("scroll_event"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, scroll_event),
|
|
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
|
|
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::motion-notify-event:
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
|
|
* @event: the #GdkEventMotion which triggered this signal
|
|
*
|
|
* The ::motion-notify-event signal is emitted when the pointer moves
|
|
* over the widget's #GdkWindow.
|
|
*
|
|
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget
|
|
* needs to enable the #GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK mask.
|
|
*
|
|
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
|
|
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("motion_notify_event"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, motion_notify_event),
|
|
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
|
|
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::composited-changed:
|
|
* @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
|
|
*
|
|
* The ::composited-changed signal is emitted when the composited
|
|
* status of @widget<!-- -->s screen changes.
|
|
* See gdk_screen_is_composited().
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[COMPOSITED_CHANGED] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("composited_changed"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, composited_changed),
|
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
|
|
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::keynav-failed:
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal
|
|
* @direction: the direction of movement
|
|
*
|
|
* Gets emitted if keyboard navigation fails.
|
|
* See gtk_widget_keynav_failed() for details.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
|
|
* if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
|
|
* navigation attempt in its parent container(s).
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.12
|
|
**/
|
|
widget_signals[KEYNAV_FAILED] =
|
|
_gtk_binding_signal_new (I_("keynav-failed"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed),
|
|
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
|
|
GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::delete-event:
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal
|
|
* @event: the event which triggered this signal
|
|
*
|
|
* The ::delete-event signal is emitted if a user requests that
|
|
* a toplevel window is closed. The default handler for this signal
|
|
* destroys the window. Connecting gtk_widget_hide_on_delete() to
|
|
* this signal will cause the window to be hidden instead, so that
|
|
* it can later be shown again without reconstructing it.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
|
|
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[DELETE_EVENT] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("delete_event"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, delete_event),
|
|
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
|
|
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::destroy-event:
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
|
|
* @event: the event which triggered this signal
|
|
*
|
|
* The ::destroy-event signal is emitted when a #GdkWindow is destroyed.
|
|
* You rarely get this signal, because most widgets disconnect themselves
|
|
* from their window before they destroy it, so no widget owns the
|
|
* window at destroy time.
|
|
*
|
|
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
|
|
* to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
|
|
* automatically for all new windows.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
|
|
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[DESTROY_EVENT] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("destroy_event"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, destroy_event),
|
|
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
|
|
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::expose-event:
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
|
|
* @event: the #GdkEventExpose which triggered this signal
|
|
*
|
|
* The ::expose-event signal is emitted when an area of a previously
|
|
* obscured #GdkWindow is made visible and needs to be redrawn.
|
|
* #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets will get a synthesized event from their parent
|
|
* widget.
|
|
*
|
|
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
|
|
* to enable the #GDK_EXPOSURE_MASK mask.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
|
|
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[EXPOSE_EVENT] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("expose_event"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, expose_event),
|
|
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
|
|
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::key-press-event:
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal
|
|
* @event: the #GdkEventKey which triggered this signal
|
|
*
|
|
* The ::key-press-event signal is emitted when a key is pressed.
|
|
*
|
|
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
|
|
* to enable the #GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK mask.
|
|
*
|
|
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
|
|
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[KEY_PRESS_EVENT] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("key_press_event"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, key_press_event),
|
|
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
|
|
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::key-release-event:
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal
|
|
* @event: the #GdkEventKey which triggered this signal
|
|
*
|
|
* The ::key-release-event signal is emitted when a key is pressed.
|
|
*
|
|
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
|
|
* to enable the #GDK_KEY_RELEASE_MASK mask.
|
|
*
|
|
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
|
|
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[KEY_RELEASE_EVENT] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("key_release_event"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, key_release_event),
|
|
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
|
|
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::enter-notify-event:
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal
|
|
* @event: the #GdkEventCrossing which triggered this signal
|
|
*
|
|
* The ::enter-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer enters
|
|
* the @widget's window.
|
|
*
|
|
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
|
|
* to enable the #GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
|
|
*
|
|
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
|
|
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("enter_notify_event"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, enter_notify_event),
|
|
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
|
|
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::leave-notify-event:
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal
|
|
* @event: the #GdkEventCrossing which triggered this signal
|
|
*
|
|
* The ::leave-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer leaves
|
|
* the @widget's window.
|
|
*
|
|
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
|
|
* to enable the #GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
|
|
*
|
|
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
|
|
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("leave_notify_event"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, leave_notify_event),
|
|
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
|
|
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::configure-event
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal
|
|
* @event: the #GdkEventConfigure which triggered this signal
|
|
*
|
|
* The ::configure-event signal will be emitted when the size, position or
|
|
* stacking of the @widget's window has changed.
|
|
*
|
|
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
|
|
* to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
|
|
* automatically for all new windows.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
|
|
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[CONFIGURE_EVENT] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("configure_event"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, configure_event),
|
|
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
|
|
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::focus-in-event
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal
|
|
* @event: the #GdkEventFocus which triggered this signal
|
|
*
|
|
* The ::focus-in-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus
|
|
* enters the @widget's window.
|
|
*
|
|
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
|
|
* to enable the #GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK mask.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
|
|
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[FOCUS_IN_EVENT] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("focus_in_event"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus_in_event),
|
|
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
|
|
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::focus-out-event
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal
|
|
* @event: the #GdkEventFocus which triggered this signal
|
|
*
|
|
* The ::focus-out-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus
|
|
* leaves the @widget's window.
|
|
*
|
|
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
|
|
* to enable the #GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK mask.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
|
|
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[FOCUS_OUT_EVENT] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("focus_out_event"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus_out_event),
|
|
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
|
|
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::map-event
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal
|
|
* @event: the #GdkEventAny which triggered this signal
|
|
*
|
|
* The ::map-event signal will be emitted when the @widget's window is
|
|
* mapped. A window is mapped when it becomes visible on the screen.
|
|
*
|
|
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
|
|
* to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
|
|
* automatically for all new windows.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
|
|
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[MAP_EVENT] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("map_event"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, map_event),
|
|
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
|
|
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::unmap-event
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal
|
|
* @event: the #GdkEventAny which triggered this signal
|
|
*
|
|
* The ::unmap-event signal will be emitted when the @widget's window is
|
|
* unmapped. A window is unmapped when it becomes invisible on the screen.
|
|
*
|
|
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
|
|
* to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
|
|
* automatically for all new windows.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
|
|
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[UNMAP_EVENT] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("unmap_event"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unmap_event),
|
|
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
|
|
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::property-notify-event
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal
|
|
* @event: the #GdkEventProperty which triggered this signal
|
|
*
|
|
* The ::property-notify-event signal will be emitted when a property on
|
|
* the @widget's window has been changed or deleted.
|
|
*
|
|
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
|
|
* to enable the #GDK_PROPERTY_CHANGE_MASK mask.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
|
|
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("property_notify_event"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, property_notify_event),
|
|
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
|
|
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::selection-clear-event
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal
|
|
* @event: the #GdkEventSelection which triggered this signal
|
|
*
|
|
* The ::selection-clear-event signal will be emitted when the
|
|
* the @widget's window has lost ownership of a selection.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
|
|
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("selection_clear_event"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_clear_event),
|
|
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
|
|
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::selection-request-event
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal
|
|
* @event: the #GdkEventSelection which triggered this signal
|
|
*
|
|
* The ::selection-request-event signal will be emitted when
|
|
* another client requests ownership of the selection owned by
|
|
* the @widget's window.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
|
|
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("selection_request_event"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_request_event),
|
|
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
|
|
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
|
|
|
|
widget_signals[SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("selection_notify_event"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_notify_event),
|
|
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
|
|
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
|
|
|
|
widget_signals[SELECTION_RECEIVED] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("selection_received"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_received),
|
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED_UINT,
|
|
G_TYPE_NONE, 2,
|
|
GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
|
|
G_TYPE_UINT);
|
|
|
|
widget_signals[SELECTION_GET] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("selection_get"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_get),
|
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED_UINT_UINT,
|
|
G_TYPE_NONE, 3,
|
|
GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
|
|
G_TYPE_UINT,
|
|
G_TYPE_UINT);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::proximity-in-event
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal
|
|
* @event: the #GdkEventProximity which triggered this signal
|
|
*
|
|
* To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
|
|
* to enable the #GDK_PROXIMITY_IN_MASK mask.
|
|
*
|
|
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
|
|
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("proximity_in_event"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, proximity_in_event),
|
|
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
|
|
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::proximity-out-event
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal
|
|
* @event: the #GdkEventProximity which triggered this signal
|
|
*
|
|
* To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
|
|
* to enable the #GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT_MASK mask.
|
|
*
|
|
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
|
|
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("proximity_out_event"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, proximity_out_event),
|
|
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
|
|
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::drag-leave:
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
|
|
* @drag_context: the drag context
|
|
* @time: the timestamp of the motion event
|
|
*
|
|
* The ::drag-leave signal is emitted on the drop site when the cursor
|
|
* leaves the widget. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to
|
|
* undo things done in #GtkWidget::drag-motion, e.g. undo highlighting
|
|
* with gtk_drag_unhighlight()
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[DRAG_LEAVE] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("drag_leave"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_leave),
|
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_UINT,
|
|
G_TYPE_NONE, 2,
|
|
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
|
|
G_TYPE_UINT);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::drag-begin:
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal
|
|
* @drag_context: the drag context
|
|
*
|
|
* The ::drag-begin signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is
|
|
* started. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to set up a
|
|
* custom drag icon with gtk_drag_source_set_icon().
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[DRAG_BEGIN] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("drag_begin"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_begin),
|
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
|
|
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
|
|
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::drag-end:
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal
|
|
* @drag_context: the drag context
|
|
*
|
|
* The ::drag-end signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is
|
|
* finished. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to undo
|
|
* things done in #GtkWidget::drag-begin.
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[DRAG_END] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("drag_end"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_end),
|
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
|
|
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
|
|
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::drag-data-delete:
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal
|
|
* @drag_context: the drag context
|
|
*
|
|
* The ::drag-data-delete signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag
|
|
* with the action %GDK_ACTION_MOVE is successfully completed. The signal
|
|
* handler is responsible for deleting the data that has been dropped. What
|
|
* "delete" means depends on the context of the drag operation.
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_DELETE] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("drag_data_delete"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_delete),
|
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
|
|
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
|
|
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::drag-failed:
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal
|
|
* @drag_context: the drag context
|
|
* @result: the result of the drag operation
|
|
*
|
|
* The ::drag-failed signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag has
|
|
* failed. The signal handler may hook custom code to handle a failed DND
|
|
* operation based on the type of error, it returns %TRUE is the failure has
|
|
* been already handled (not showing the default "drag operation failed"
|
|
* animation), otherwise it returns %FALSE.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: %TRUE if the failed drag operation has been already handled.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.12
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[DRAG_FAILED] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("drag_failed"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
0, _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_ENUM,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 2,
|
|
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
|
|
GTK_TYPE_DRAG_RESULT);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::drag-motion:
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal
|
|
* @drag_context: the drag context
|
|
* @x: the x coordinate of the current cursor position
|
|
* @y: the y coordinate of the current cursor position
|
|
* @time: the timestamp of the motion event
|
|
* @returns: whether the cursor position is in a drop zone
|
|
*
|
|
* The drag-motion signal is emitted on the drop site when the user
|
|
* moves the cursor over the widget during a drag. The signal handler
|
|
* must determine whether the cursor position is in a drop zone or not.
|
|
* If it is not in a drop zone, it returns %FALSE and no further processing
|
|
* is necessary. Otherwise, the handler returns %TRUE. In this case, the
|
|
* handler is responsible for providing the necessary information for
|
|
* displaying feedback to the user, by calling gdk_drag_status().
|
|
*
|
|
* If the decision whether the drop will be accepted or rejected can't be
|
|
* made based solely on the cursor position and the type of the data, the
|
|
* handler may inspect the dragged data by calling gtk_drag_get_data() and
|
|
* defer the gdk_drag_status() call to the #GtkWidget::drag-data-received
|
|
* handler. Note that you cannot not pass #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_DROP,
|
|
* #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_MOTION or #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_ALL to gtk_drag_dest_set()
|
|
* when using the drag-motion signal that way.
|
|
*
|
|
* Also note that there is no drag-enter signal. The drag receiver has to
|
|
* keep track of whether he has received any drag-motion signals since the
|
|
* last #GtkWidget::drag-leave and if not, treat the drag-motion signal as
|
|
* an "enter" signal. Upon an "enter", the handler will typically highlight
|
|
* the drop site with gtk_drag_highlight().
|
|
* |[
|
|
* static void
|
|
* drag_motion (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
* GdkDragContext *context,
|
|
* gint x,
|
|
* gint y,
|
|
* guint time)
|
|
* {
|
|
* GdkAtom target;
|
|
*
|
|
* PrivateData *private_data = GET_PRIVATE_DATA (widget);
|
|
*
|
|
* if (!private_data->drag_highlight)
|
|
* {
|
|
* private_data->drag_highlight = 1;
|
|
* gtk_drag_highlight (widget);
|
|
* }
|
|
*
|
|
* target = gtk_drag_dest_find_target (widget, context, NULL);
|
|
* if (target == GDK_NONE)
|
|
* gdk_drag_status (context, 0, time);
|
|
* else
|
|
* {
|
|
* private_data->pending_status = context->suggested_action;
|
|
* gtk_drag_get_data (widget, context, target, time);
|
|
* }
|
|
*
|
|
* return TRUE;
|
|
* }
|
|
*
|
|
* static void
|
|
* drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
* GdkDragContext *context,
|
|
* gint x,
|
|
* gint y,
|
|
* GtkSelectionData *selection_data,
|
|
* guint info,
|
|
* guint time)
|
|
* {
|
|
* PrivateData *private_data = GET_PRIVATE_DATA (widget);
|
|
*
|
|
* if (private_data->suggested_action)
|
|
* {
|
|
* private_data->suggested_action = 0;
|
|
*
|
|
* /* We are getting this data due to a request in drag_motion,
|
|
* * rather than due to a request in drag_drop, so we are just
|
|
* * supposed to call gdk_drag_status (), not actually paste in
|
|
* * the data.
|
|
* */
|
|
* str = gtk_selection_data_get_text (selection_data);
|
|
* if (!data_is_acceptable (str))
|
|
* gdk_drag_status (context, 0, time);
|
|
* else
|
|
* gdk_drag_status (context, private_data->suggested_action, time);
|
|
* }
|
|
* else
|
|
* {
|
|
* /* accept the drop */
|
|
* }
|
|
* }
|
|
* ]|
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[DRAG_MOTION] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("drag_motion"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_motion),
|
|
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_INT_INT_UINT,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 4,
|
|
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
|
|
G_TYPE_INT,
|
|
G_TYPE_INT,
|
|
G_TYPE_UINT);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::drag-drop:
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal
|
|
* @drag_context: the drag context
|
|
* @x: the x coordinate of the current cursor position
|
|
* @y: the y coordinate of the current cursor position
|
|
* @time: the timestamp of the motion event
|
|
* @returns: whether the cursor position is in a drop zone
|
|
*
|
|
* The ::drag-drop signal is emitted on the drop site when the user drops
|
|
* the data onto the widget. The signal handler must determine whether
|
|
* the cursor position is in a drop zone or not. If it is not in a drop
|
|
* zone, it returns %FALSE and no further processing is necessary.
|
|
* Otherwise, the handler returns %TRUE. In this case, the handler must
|
|
* ensure that gtk_drag_finish() is called to let the source know that
|
|
* the drop is done. The call to gtk_drag_finish() can be done either
|
|
* directly or in a #GtkWidget::drag-data-received handler which gets
|
|
* triggered by calling gtk_drag_get_data() to receive the data for one
|
|
* or more of the supported targets.
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[DRAG_DROP] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("drag_drop"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_drop),
|
|
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_INT_INT_UINT,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 4,
|
|
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
|
|
G_TYPE_INT,
|
|
G_TYPE_INT,
|
|
G_TYPE_UINT);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::drag-data-get:
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal
|
|
* @drag_context: the drag context
|
|
* @data: the #GtkSelectionData to be filled with the dragged data
|
|
* @info: the info that has been registered with the target in the
|
|
* #GtkTargetList
|
|
* @time: the timestamp at which the data was requested
|
|
*
|
|
* The ::drag-data-get signal is emitted on the drag source when the drop
|
|
* site requests the data which is dragged. It is the responsibility of
|
|
* the signal handler to fill @data with the data in the format which
|
|
* is indicated by @info. See gtk_selection_data_set() and
|
|
* gtk_selection_data_set_text().
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_GET] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("drag_data_get"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_get),
|
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_BOXED_UINT_UINT,
|
|
G_TYPE_NONE, 4,
|
|
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
|
|
GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
|
|
G_TYPE_UINT,
|
|
G_TYPE_UINT);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::drag-data-received:
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal
|
|
* @drag_context: the drag context
|
|
* @x: where the drop happened
|
|
* @y: where the drop happened
|
|
* @data: the received data
|
|
* @info: the info that has been registered with the target in the
|
|
* #GtkTargetList
|
|
* @time: the timestamp at which the data was received
|
|
*
|
|
* The ::drag-data-received signal is emitted on the drop site when the
|
|
* dragged data has been received. If the data was received in order to
|
|
* determine whether the drop will be accepted, the handler is expected
|
|
* to call gdk_drag_status() and <emphasis>not</emphasis> finish the drag.
|
|
* If the data was received in response to a #GtkWidget::drag-drop signal
|
|
* (and this is the last target to be received), the handler for this
|
|
* signal is expected to process the received data and then call
|
|
* gtk_drag_finish(), setting the @success parameter depending on whether
|
|
* the data was processed successfully.
|
|
*
|
|
* The handler may inspect and modify @drag_context->action before calling
|
|
* gtk_drag_finish(), e.g. to implement %GDK_ACTION_ASK as shown in the
|
|
* following example:
|
|
* |[
|
|
* void
|
|
* drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
* GdkDragContext *drag_context,
|
|
* gint x,
|
|
* gint y,
|
|
* GtkSelectionData *data,
|
|
* guint info,
|
|
* guint time)
|
|
* {
|
|
* if ((data->length >= 0) && (data->format == 8))
|
|
* {
|
|
* if (drag_context->action == GDK_ACTION_ASK)
|
|
* {
|
|
* GtkWidget *dialog;
|
|
* gint response;
|
|
*
|
|
* dialog = gtk_message_dialog_new (NULL,
|
|
* GTK_DIALOG_MODAL |
|
|
* GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT,
|
|
* GTK_MESSAGE_INFO,
|
|
* GTK_BUTTONS_YES_NO,
|
|
* "Move the data ?\n");
|
|
* response = gtk_dialog_run (GTK_DIALOG (dialog));
|
|
* gtk_widget_destroy (dialog);
|
|
*
|
|
* if (response == GTK_RESPONSE_YES)
|
|
* drag_context->action = GDK_ACTION_MOVE;
|
|
* else
|
|
* drag_context->action = GDK_ACTION_COPY;
|
|
* }
|
|
*
|
|
* gtk_drag_finish (drag_context, TRUE, FALSE, time);
|
|
* return;
|
|
* }
|
|
*
|
|
* gtk_drag_finish (drag_context, FALSE, FALSE, time);
|
|
* }
|
|
* ]|
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_RECEIVED] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("drag_data_received"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_received),
|
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_INT_INT_BOXED_UINT_UINT,
|
|
G_TYPE_NONE, 6,
|
|
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
|
|
G_TYPE_INT,
|
|
G_TYPE_INT,
|
|
GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
|
|
G_TYPE_UINT,
|
|
G_TYPE_UINT);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::visibility-notify-event:
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal
|
|
* @event: the #GdkEventVisibility which triggered this signal
|
|
*
|
|
* The ::visibility-notify-event will be emitted when the @widget's window
|
|
* is obscured or unobscured.
|
|
*
|
|
* To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
|
|
* to enable the #GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
|
|
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("visibility_notify_event"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, visibility_notify_event),
|
|
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
|
|
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::client-event:
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal
|
|
* @event: the #GdkEventClient which triggered this signal
|
|
*
|
|
* The ::client-event will be emitted when the @widget's window
|
|
* receives a message (via a ClientMessage event) from another
|
|
* application.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for
|
|
* the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[CLIENT_EVENT] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("client_event"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, client_event),
|
|
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
|
|
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::no-expose-event:
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal
|
|
* @event: the #GdkEventNoExpose which triggered this signal
|
|
*
|
|
* The ::no-expose-event will be emitted when the @widget's window is
|
|
* drawn as a copy of another #GdkDrawable (with gdk_draw_drawable() or
|
|
* gdk_window_copy_area()) which was completely unobscured. If the source
|
|
* window was partially obscured #GdkEventExpose events will be generated
|
|
* for those areas.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
|
|
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[NO_EXPOSE_EVENT] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("no_expose_event"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, no_expose_event),
|
|
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
|
|
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::window-state-event:
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal
|
|
* @event: the #GdkEventWindowState which triggered this signal
|
|
*
|
|
* The ::window-state-event will be emitted when the state of the
|
|
* toplevel window associated to the @widget changes.
|
|
*
|
|
* To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget
|
|
* needs to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable
|
|
* this mask automatically for all new windows.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the
|
|
* event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[WINDOW_STATE_EVENT] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("window_state_event"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, window_state_event),
|
|
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
|
|
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::damage-event:
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal
|
|
* @event: the #GdkEventExpose event
|
|
*
|
|
* Emitted when a redirected window belonging to @widget gets drawn into.
|
|
* The region/area members of the event shows what area of the redirected
|
|
* drawable was drawn into.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
|
|
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.14
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[DAMAGE_EVENT] =
|
|
g_signal_new ("damage_event",
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST, 0,
|
|
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
|
|
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::grab-broken-event:
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal
|
|
* @event: the #GdkEventGrabBroken event
|
|
*
|
|
* Emitted when a pointer or keyboard grab on a window belonging
|
|
* to @widget gets broken.
|
|
*
|
|
* On X11, this happens when the grab window becomes unviewable
|
|
* (i.e. it or one of its ancestors is unmapped), or if the same
|
|
* application grabs the pointer or keyboard again.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for
|
|
* the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.8
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[GRAB_BROKEN] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("grab_broken_event"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_broken_event),
|
|
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
|
|
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::query-tooltip:
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal
|
|
* @x: the x coordinate of the cursor position where the request has
|
|
* been emitted, relative to @widget->window
|
|
* @y: the y coordinate of the cursor position where the request has
|
|
* been emitted, relative to @widget->window
|
|
* @keyboard_mode: %TRUE if the tooltip was trigged using the keyboard
|
|
* @tooltip: a #GtkTooltip
|
|
*
|
|
* Emitted when the #GtkSettings:gtk-tooltip-timeout has expired with
|
|
* the cursor hovering "above" @widget; or emitted when @widget got
|
|
* focus in keyboard mode.
|
|
*
|
|
* Using the given coordinates, the signal handler should determine
|
|
* whether a tooltip should be shown for @widget. If this is the case
|
|
* %TRUE should be returned, %FALSE otherwise. Note that if
|
|
* @keyboard_mode is %TRUE, the values of @x and @y are undefined and
|
|
* should not be used.
|
|
*
|
|
* The signal handler is free to manipulate @tooltip with the therefore
|
|
* destined function calls.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns: %TRUE if @tooltip should be shown right now, %FALSE otherwise.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.12
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[QUERY_TOOLTIP] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("query-tooltip"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, query_tooltip),
|
|
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__INT_INT_BOOLEAN_OBJECT,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 4,
|
|
G_TYPE_INT,
|
|
G_TYPE_INT,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN,
|
|
GTK_TYPE_TOOLTIP);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::popup-menu
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal
|
|
*
|
|
* This signal gets emitted whenever a widget should pop up a context
|
|
* menu. This usually happens through the standard key binding mechanism;
|
|
* by pressing a certain key while a widget is focused, the user can cause
|
|
* the widget to pop up a menu. For example, the #GtkEntry widget creates
|
|
* a menu with clipboard commands. See <xref linkend="checklist-popup-menu"/>
|
|
* for an example of how to use this signal.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns: %TRUE if a menu was activated
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[POPUP_MENU] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("popup_menu"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, popup_menu),
|
|
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__VOID,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 0);
|
|
widget_signals[SHOW_HELP] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("show_help"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, show_help),
|
|
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
|
|
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE);
|
|
widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("accel_closures_changed"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
0,
|
|
0,
|
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_NONE__NONE,
|
|
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::screen-changed:
|
|
* @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
|
|
* @previous_screen: the previous screen, or %NULL if the
|
|
* widget was not associated with a screen before
|
|
*
|
|
* The ::screen-changed signal gets emitted when the
|
|
* screen of a widget has changed.
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[SCREEN_CHANGED] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("screen_changed"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, screen_changed),
|
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
|
|
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
|
|
GDK_TYPE_SCREEN);
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget::can-activate-accel:
|
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal
|
|
* @signal_id: the ID of a signal installed on @widget
|
|
*
|
|
* Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal
|
|
* identified by @signal_id can currently be activated.
|
|
* This signal is present to allow applications and derived
|
|
* widgets to override the default #GtkWidget handling
|
|
* for determining whether an accelerator can be activated.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the signal can be activated.
|
|
*/
|
|
widget_signals[CAN_ACTIVATE_ACCEL] =
|
|
g_signal_new (I_("can_activate_accel"),
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, can_activate_accel),
|
|
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__UINT,
|
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1, G_TYPE_UINT);
|
|
|
|
binding_set = gtk_binding_set_by_class (klass);
|
|
gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_F10, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
|
|
"popup_menu", 0);
|
|
gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_Menu, 0,
|
|
"popup_menu", 0);
|
|
|
|
gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_F1, GDK_CONTROL_MASK,
|
|
"show_help", 1,
|
|
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP);
|
|
gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KP_F1, GDK_CONTROL_MASK,
|
|
"show_help", 1,
|
|
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP);
|
|
gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_F1, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
|
|
"show_help", 1,
|
|
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_HELP_WHATS_THIS);
|
|
gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KP_F1, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
|
|
"show_help", 1,
|
|
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_HELP_WHATS_THIS);
|
|
|
|
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
|
|
g_param_spec_boolean ("interior-focus",
|
|
P_("Interior Focus"),
|
|
P_("Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets"),
|
|
TRUE,
|
|
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
|
|
|
|
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
|
|
g_param_spec_int ("focus-line-width",
|
|
P_("Focus linewidth"),
|
|
P_("Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line"),
|
|
0, G_MAXINT, 1,
|
|
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
|
|
|
|
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
|
|
g_param_spec_string ("focus-line-pattern",
|
|
P_("Focus line dash pattern"),
|
|
P_("Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator"),
|
|
"\1\1",
|
|
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
|
|
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
|
|
g_param_spec_int ("focus-padding",
|
|
P_("Focus padding"),
|
|
P_("Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'"),
|
|
0, G_MAXINT, 1,
|
|
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
|
|
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
|
|
g_param_spec_boxed ("cursor-color",
|
|
P_("Cursor color"),
|
|
P_("Color with which to draw insertion cursor"),
|
|
GDK_TYPE_COLOR,
|
|
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
|
|
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
|
|
g_param_spec_boxed ("secondary-cursor-color",
|
|
P_("Secondary cursor color"),
|
|
P_("Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed right-to-left and left-to-right text"),
|
|
GDK_TYPE_COLOR,
|
|
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
|
|
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
|
|
g_param_spec_float ("cursor-aspect-ratio",
|
|
P_("Cursor line aspect ratio"),
|
|
P_("Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor"),
|
|
0.0, 1.0, 0.04,
|
|
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget:draw-border:
|
|
*
|
|
* The "draw-border" style property defines the size of areas outside
|
|
* the widget's allocation to draw.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.8
|
|
*/
|
|
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
|
|
g_param_spec_boxed ("draw-border",
|
|
P_("Draw Border"),
|
|
P_("Size of areas outside the widget's allocation to draw"),
|
|
GTK_TYPE_BORDER,
|
|
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget:link-color:
|
|
*
|
|
* The "link-color" style property defines the color of unvisited links.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.10
|
|
*/
|
|
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
|
|
g_param_spec_boxed ("link-color",
|
|
P_("Unvisited Link Color"),
|
|
P_("Color of unvisited links"),
|
|
GDK_TYPE_COLOR,
|
|
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget:visited-link-color:
|
|
*
|
|
* The "visited-link-color" style property defines the color of visited links.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.10
|
|
*/
|
|
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
|
|
g_param_spec_boxed ("visited-link-color",
|
|
P_("Visited Link Color"),
|
|
P_("Color of visited links"),
|
|
GDK_TYPE_COLOR,
|
|
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget:wide-separators:
|
|
*
|
|
* The "wide-separators" style property defines whether separators have
|
|
* configurable width and should be drawn using a box instead of a line.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.10
|
|
*/
|
|
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
|
|
g_param_spec_boolean ("wide-separators",
|
|
P_("Wide Separators"),
|
|
P_("Whether separators have configurable width and should be drawn using a box instead of a line"),
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget:separator-width:
|
|
*
|
|
* The "separator-width" style property defines the width of separators.
|
|
* This property only takes effect if #GtkWidget:wide-separators is %TRUE.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.10
|
|
*/
|
|
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
|
|
g_param_spec_int ("separator-width",
|
|
P_("Separator Width"),
|
|
P_("The width of separators if wide-separators is TRUE"),
|
|
0, G_MAXINT, 0,
|
|
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget:separator-height:
|
|
*
|
|
* The "separator-height" style property defines the height of separators.
|
|
* This property only takes effect if #GtkWidget:wide-separators is %TRUE.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.10
|
|
*/
|
|
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
|
|
g_param_spec_int ("separator-height",
|
|
P_("Separator Height"),
|
|
P_("The height of separators if \"wide-separators\" is TRUE"),
|
|
0, G_MAXINT, 0,
|
|
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget:scroll-arrow-hlength:
|
|
*
|
|
* The "scroll-arrow-hlength" style property defines the length of
|
|
* horizontal scroll arrows.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.10
|
|
*/
|
|
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
|
|
g_param_spec_int ("scroll-arrow-hlength",
|
|
P_("Horizontal Scroll Arrow Length"),
|
|
P_("The length of horizontal scroll arrows"),
|
|
1, G_MAXINT, 16,
|
|
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GtkWidget:scroll-arrow-vlength:
|
|
*
|
|
* The "scroll-arrow-vlength" style property defines the length of
|
|
* vertical scroll arrows.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.10
|
|
*/
|
|
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
|
|
g_param_spec_int ("scroll-arrow-vlength",
|
|
P_("Vertical Scroll Arrow Length"),
|
|
P_("The length of vertical scroll arrows"),
|
|
1, G_MAXINT, 16,
|
|
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_base_class_finalize (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
|
|
{
|
|
GList *list, *node;
|
|
|
|
list = g_param_spec_pool_list_owned (style_property_spec_pool, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass));
|
|
for (node = list; node; node = node->next)
|
|
{
|
|
GParamSpec *pspec = node->data;
|
|
|
|
g_param_spec_pool_remove (style_property_spec_pool, pspec);
|
|
g_param_spec_unref (pspec);
|
|
}
|
|
g_list_free (list);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_set_property (GObject *object,
|
|
guint prop_id,
|
|
const GValue *value,
|
|
GParamSpec *pspec)
|
|
{
|
|
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
|
|
|
|
switch (prop_id)
|
|
{
|
|
gboolean tmp;
|
|
guint32 saved_flags;
|
|
gchar *tooltip_markup;
|
|
const gchar *tooltip_text;
|
|
GtkWindow *tooltip_window;
|
|
|
|
case PROP_NAME:
|
|
gtk_widget_set_name (widget, g_value_get_string (value));
|
|
break;
|
|
case PROP_PARENT:
|
|
gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (g_value_get_object (value)), widget);
|
|
break;
|
|
case PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST:
|
|
gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, g_value_get_int (value), -2);
|
|
break;
|
|
case PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST:
|
|
gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, -2, g_value_get_int (value));
|
|
break;
|
|
case PROP_VISIBLE:
|
|
if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
|
|
gtk_widget_show (widget);
|
|
else
|
|
gtk_widget_hide (widget);
|
|
break;
|
|
case PROP_SENSITIVE:
|
|
gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
|
|
break;
|
|
case PROP_APP_PAINTABLE:
|
|
gtk_widget_set_app_paintable (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
|
|
break;
|
|
case PROP_CAN_FOCUS:
|
|
saved_flags = GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget);
|
|
if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_CAN_FOCUS);
|
|
else
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_CAN_FOCUS);
|
|
if (saved_flags != GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget))
|
|
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
|
|
break;
|
|
case PROP_HAS_FOCUS:
|
|
if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
|
|
gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
|
|
break;
|
|
case PROP_IS_FOCUS:
|
|
if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
|
|
gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
|
|
break;
|
|
case PROP_CAN_DEFAULT:
|
|
saved_flags = GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget);
|
|
if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT);
|
|
else
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT);
|
|
if (saved_flags != GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget))
|
|
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
|
|
break;
|
|
case PROP_HAS_DEFAULT:
|
|
if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
|
|
gtk_widget_grab_default (widget);
|
|
break;
|
|
case PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT:
|
|
if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_RECEIVES_DEFAULT);
|
|
else
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_RECEIVES_DEFAULT);
|
|
break;
|
|
case PROP_STYLE:
|
|
gtk_widget_set_style (widget, g_value_get_object (value));
|
|
break;
|
|
case PROP_EVENTS:
|
|
if (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget) && !GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
|
|
gtk_widget_set_events (widget, g_value_get_flags (value));
|
|
break;
|
|
case PROP_EXTENSION_EVENTS:
|
|
gtk_widget_set_extension_events (widget, g_value_get_enum (value));
|
|
break;
|
|
case PROP_NO_SHOW_ALL:
|
|
gtk_widget_set_no_show_all (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
|
|
break;
|
|
case PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP:
|
|
gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget,
|
|
g_value_get_boolean (value), FALSE);
|
|
break;
|
|
case PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP:
|
|
tooltip_window = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_window);
|
|
tooltip_markup = g_value_dup_string (value);
|
|
|
|
g_object_set_qdata_full (object, quark_tooltip_markup,
|
|
tooltip_markup, g_free);
|
|
|
|
tmp = (tooltip_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
|
|
gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, tmp, FALSE);
|
|
break;
|
|
case PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT:
|
|
tooltip_window = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_window);
|
|
tooltip_text = g_value_get_string (value);
|
|
tooltip_markup = tooltip_text ? g_markup_escape_text (tooltip_text, -1) : NULL;
|
|
|
|
g_object_set_qdata_full (object, quark_tooltip_markup,
|
|
tooltip_markup, g_free);
|
|
|
|
tmp = (tooltip_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
|
|
gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, tmp, FALSE);
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
G_OBJECT_WARN_INVALID_PROPERTY_ID (object, prop_id, pspec);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_get_property (GObject *object,
|
|
guint prop_id,
|
|
GValue *value,
|
|
GParamSpec *pspec)
|
|
{
|
|
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
|
|
|
|
switch (prop_id)
|
|
{
|
|
gpointer *eventp;
|
|
gpointer *modep;
|
|
|
|
case PROP_NAME:
|
|
if (widget->name)
|
|
g_value_set_string (value, widget->name);
|
|
else
|
|
g_value_set_static_string (value, "");
|
|
break;
|
|
case PROP_PARENT:
|
|
if (widget->parent)
|
|
g_value_set_object (value, widget->parent);
|
|
else
|
|
g_value_set_object (value, NULL);
|
|
break;
|
|
case PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST:
|
|
{
|
|
int w;
|
|
gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, &w, NULL);
|
|
g_value_set_int (value, w);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST:
|
|
{
|
|
int h;
|
|
gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, NULL, &h);
|
|
g_value_set_int (value, h);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case PROP_VISIBLE:
|
|
g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget) != FALSE));
|
|
break;
|
|
case PROP_SENSITIVE:
|
|
g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_SENSITIVE (widget) != FALSE));
|
|
break;
|
|
case PROP_APP_PAINTABLE:
|
|
g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_APP_PAINTABLE (widget) != FALSE));
|
|
break;
|
|
case PROP_CAN_FOCUS:
|
|
g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_CAN_FOCUS (widget) != FALSE));
|
|
break;
|
|
case PROP_HAS_FOCUS:
|
|
g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_HAS_FOCUS (widget) != FALSE));
|
|
break;
|
|
case PROP_IS_FOCUS:
|
|
g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_is_focus (widget)));
|
|
break;
|
|
case PROP_CAN_DEFAULT:
|
|
g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_CAN_DEFAULT (widget) != FALSE));
|
|
break;
|
|
case PROP_HAS_DEFAULT:
|
|
g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_HAS_DEFAULT (widget) != FALSE));
|
|
break;
|
|
case PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT:
|
|
g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_RECEIVES_DEFAULT (widget) != FALSE));
|
|
break;
|
|
case PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD:
|
|
g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_COMPOSITE_CHILD (widget) != FALSE));
|
|
break;
|
|
case PROP_STYLE:
|
|
g_value_set_object (value, gtk_widget_get_style (widget));
|
|
break;
|
|
case PROP_EVENTS:
|
|
eventp = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask);
|
|
g_value_set_flags (value, GPOINTER_TO_INT (eventp));
|
|
break;
|
|
case PROP_EXTENSION_EVENTS:
|
|
modep = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_extension_event_mode);
|
|
g_value_set_enum (value, GPOINTER_TO_INT (modep));
|
|
break;
|
|
case PROP_NO_SHOW_ALL:
|
|
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_no_show_all (widget));
|
|
break;
|
|
case PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP:
|
|
g_value_set_boolean (value, GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_has_tooltip)));
|
|
break;
|
|
case PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT:
|
|
{
|
|
gchar *escaped = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_markup);
|
|
gchar *text = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (escaped && !pango_parse_markup (escaped, -1, 0, NULL, &text, NULL, NULL))
|
|
g_assert (NULL == text); /* text should still be NULL in case of markup errors */
|
|
|
|
g_value_set_string (value, text);
|
|
g_free (text);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP:
|
|
g_value_set_string (value, g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_markup));
|
|
break;
|
|
case PROP_WINDOW:
|
|
g_value_set_object (value, gtk_widget_get_window (widget));
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
G_OBJECT_WARN_INVALID_PROPERTY_ID (object, prop_id, pspec);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_init (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
GTK_PRIVATE_FLAGS (widget) = PRIVATE_GTK_CHILD_VISIBLE;
|
|
widget->state = GTK_STATE_NORMAL;
|
|
widget->saved_state = GTK_STATE_NORMAL;
|
|
widget->name = NULL;
|
|
widget->requisition.width = 0;
|
|
widget->requisition.height = 0;
|
|
widget->allocation.x = -1;
|
|
widget->allocation.y = -1;
|
|
widget->allocation.width = 1;
|
|
widget->allocation.height = 1;
|
|
widget->window = NULL;
|
|
widget->parent = NULL;
|
|
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget,
|
|
GTK_SENSITIVE |
|
|
GTK_PARENT_SENSITIVE |
|
|
(composite_child_stack ? GTK_COMPOSITE_CHILD : 0) |
|
|
GTK_DOUBLE_BUFFERED);
|
|
|
|
GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_REDRAW_ON_ALLOC);
|
|
GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_REQUEST_NEEDED);
|
|
GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_ALLOC_NEEDED);
|
|
|
|
widget->style = gtk_widget_get_default_style ();
|
|
g_object_ref (widget->style);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
guint n_pspecs,
|
|
GParamSpec **pspecs)
|
|
{
|
|
GtkWidget *container = widget->parent;
|
|
guint i;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; widget->parent == container && i < n_pspecs; i++)
|
|
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[CHILD_NOTIFY], g_quark_from_string (pspecs[i]->name), pspecs[i]);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Stops emission of #GtkWidget::child-notify signals on @widget. The
|
|
* signals are queued until gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify() is called
|
|
* on @widget.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is the analogue of g_object_freeze_notify() for child properties.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
g_object_ref (widget);
|
|
g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
|
|
g_object_unref (widget);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_child_notify:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @child_property: the name of a child property installed on the
|
|
* class of @widget<!-- -->'s parent
|
|
*
|
|
* Emits a #GtkWidget::child-notify signal for the
|
|
* <link linkend="child-properties">child property</link> @child_property
|
|
* on @widget.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is the analogue of g_object_notify() for child properties.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
const gchar *child_property)
|
|
{
|
|
GParamSpec *pspec;
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
g_return_if_fail (child_property != NULL);
|
|
if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count || !widget->parent)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
g_object_ref (widget);
|
|
pspec = g_param_spec_pool_lookup (_gtk_widget_child_property_pool,
|
|
child_property,
|
|
G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget->parent),
|
|
TRUE);
|
|
if (!pspec)
|
|
g_warning ("%s: container class `%s' has no child property named `%s'",
|
|
G_STRLOC,
|
|
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget->parent),
|
|
child_property);
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
|
|
|
|
g_object_notify_queue_add (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue, pspec);
|
|
g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
|
|
}
|
|
g_object_unref (widget);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Reverts the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify().
|
|
* This causes all queued #GtkWidget::child-notify signals on @widget to be
|
|
* emitted.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue;
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
g_object_ref (widget);
|
|
nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_from_object (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
|
|
if (!nqueue || !nqueue->freeze_count)
|
|
g_warning (G_STRLOC ": child-property-changed notification for %s(%p) is not frozen",
|
|
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
|
|
else
|
|
g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
|
|
g_object_unref (widget);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_new:
|
|
* @type: type ID of the widget to create
|
|
* @first_property_name: name of first property to set
|
|
* @Varargs: value of first property, followed by more properties,
|
|
* %NULL-terminated
|
|
*
|
|
* This is a convenience function for creating a widget and setting
|
|
* its properties in one go. For example you might write:
|
|
* <literal>gtk_widget_new (GTK_TYPE_LABEL, "label", "Hello World", "xalign",
|
|
* 0.0, NULL)</literal> to create a left-aligned label. Equivalent to
|
|
* g_object_new(), but returns a widget so you don't have to
|
|
* cast the object yourself.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: a new #GtkWidget of type @widget_type
|
|
**/
|
|
GtkWidget*
|
|
gtk_widget_new (GType type,
|
|
const gchar *first_property_name,
|
|
...)
|
|
{
|
|
GtkWidget *widget;
|
|
va_list var_args;
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (g_type_is_a (type, GTK_TYPE_WIDGET), NULL);
|
|
|
|
va_start (var_args, first_property_name);
|
|
widget = (GtkWidget *)g_object_new_valist (type, first_property_name, var_args);
|
|
va_end (var_args);
|
|
|
|
return widget;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_set:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @first_property_name: name of first property to set
|
|
* @Varargs: value of first property, followed by more properties,
|
|
* %NULL-terminated
|
|
*
|
|
* Precursor of g_object_set().
|
|
*
|
|
* Deprecated: 2.0: Use g_object_set() instead.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_set (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
const gchar *first_property_name,
|
|
...)
|
|
{
|
|
va_list var_args;
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
va_start (var_args, first_property_name);
|
|
g_object_set_valist (G_OBJECT (widget), first_property_name, var_args);
|
|
va_end (var_args);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline void
|
|
gtk_widget_queue_draw_child (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
GtkWidget *parent;
|
|
|
|
parent = widget->parent;
|
|
if (parent && GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE (parent))
|
|
gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (parent,
|
|
widget->allocation.x,
|
|
widget->allocation.y,
|
|
widget->allocation.width,
|
|
widget->allocation.height);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_unparent:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is only for use in widget implementations.
|
|
* Should be called by implementations of the remove method
|
|
* on #GtkContainer, to dissociate a child from the container.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_unparent (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue;
|
|
GtkWidget *toplevel;
|
|
GtkWidget *old_parent;
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
if (widget->parent == NULL)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
/* keep this function in sync with gtk_menu_detach()
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
|
|
nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
|
|
|
|
toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (toplevel))
|
|
_gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent)->focus_child == widget)
|
|
gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent), NULL);
|
|
|
|
/* If we are unanchoring the child, we save around the toplevel
|
|
* to emit hierarchy changed
|
|
*/
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_ANCHORED (widget->parent))
|
|
g_object_ref (toplevel);
|
|
else
|
|
toplevel = NULL;
|
|
|
|
gtk_widget_queue_draw_child (widget);
|
|
|
|
/* Reset the width and height here, to force reallocation if we
|
|
* get added back to a new parent. This won't work if our new
|
|
* allocation is smaller than 1x1 and we actually want a size of 1x1...
|
|
* (would 0x0 be OK here?)
|
|
*/
|
|
widget->allocation.width = 1;
|
|
widget->allocation.height = 1;
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
|
|
{
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_IN_REPARENT (widget))
|
|
gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
|
|
else
|
|
gtk_widget_unrealize (widget);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Removing a widget from a container restores the child visible
|
|
* flag to the default state, so it doesn't affect the child
|
|
* in the next parent.
|
|
*/
|
|
GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_CHILD_VISIBLE);
|
|
|
|
old_parent = widget->parent;
|
|
widget->parent = NULL;
|
|
gtk_widget_set_parent_window (widget, NULL);
|
|
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[PARENT_SET], 0, old_parent);
|
|
if (toplevel)
|
|
{
|
|
_gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (widget, toplevel);
|
|
g_object_unref (toplevel);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
|
|
g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
|
|
if (!widget->parent)
|
|
g_object_notify_queue_clear (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
|
|
g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
|
|
g_object_unref (widget);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_destroy:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Destroys a widget. Equivalent to gtk_object_destroy(), except that
|
|
* you don't have to cast the widget to #GtkObject. When a widget is
|
|
* destroyed, it will break any references it holds to other objects.
|
|
* If the widget is inside a container, the widget will be removed
|
|
* from the container. If the widget is a toplevel (derived from
|
|
* #GtkWindow), it will be removed from the list of toplevels, and the
|
|
* reference GTK+ holds to it will be removed. Removing a
|
|
* widget from its container or the list of toplevels results in the
|
|
* widget being finalized, unless you've added additional references
|
|
* to the widget with g_object_ref().
|
|
*
|
|
* In most cases, only toplevel widgets (windows) require explicit
|
|
* destruction, because when you destroy a toplevel its children will
|
|
* be destroyed as well.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_destroy (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
gtk_object_destroy ((GtkObject*) widget);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_destroyed:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @widget_pointer: address of a variable that contains @widget
|
|
*
|
|
* This function sets *@widget_pointer to %NULL if @widget_pointer !=
|
|
* %NULL. It's intended to be used as a callback connected to the
|
|
* "destroy" signal of a widget. You connect gtk_widget_destroyed()
|
|
* as a signal handler, and pass the address of your widget variable
|
|
* as user data. Then when the widget is destroyed, the variable will
|
|
* be set to %NULL. Useful for example to avoid multiple copies
|
|
* of the same dialog.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_destroyed (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkWidget **widget_pointer)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Don't make any assumptions about the
|
|
* value of widget!
|
|
* Even check widget_pointer.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (widget_pointer)
|
|
*widget_pointer = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_show:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Flags a widget to be displayed. Any widget that isn't shown will
|
|
* not appear on the screen. If you want to show all the widgets in a
|
|
* container, it's easier to call gtk_widget_show_all() on the
|
|
* container, instead of individually showing the widgets.
|
|
*
|
|
* Remember that you have to show the containers containing a widget,
|
|
* in addition to the widget itself, before it will appear onscreen.
|
|
*
|
|
* When a toplevel container is shown, it is immediately realized and
|
|
* mapped; other shown widgets are realized and mapped when their
|
|
* toplevel container is realized and mapped.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_show (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
if (!GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
|
|
{
|
|
g_object_ref (widget);
|
|
if (!GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget))
|
|
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
|
|
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SHOW], 0);
|
|
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "visible");
|
|
g_object_unref (widget);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_real_show (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
|
|
{
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_VISIBLE);
|
|
|
|
if (widget->parent &&
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget->parent) &&
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_CHILD_VISIBLE (widget) &&
|
|
!GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
|
|
gtk_widget_map (widget);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_show_map_callback (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEvent *event, gint *flag)
|
|
{
|
|
*flag = TRUE;
|
|
g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func (widget,
|
|
gtk_widget_show_map_callback,
|
|
flag);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_show_now:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Shows a widget. If the widget is an unmapped toplevel widget
|
|
* (i.e. a #GtkWindow that has not yet been shown), enter the main
|
|
* loop and wait for the window to actually be mapped. Be careful;
|
|
* because the main loop is running, anything can happen during
|
|
* this function.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_show_now (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
gint flag = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
/* make sure we will get event */
|
|
if (!GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget) &&
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget))
|
|
{
|
|
gtk_widget_show (widget);
|
|
|
|
g_signal_connect (widget, "map_event",
|
|
G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_show_map_callback),
|
|
&flag);
|
|
|
|
while (!flag)
|
|
gtk_main_iteration ();
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
gtk_widget_show (widget);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_hide:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Reverses the effects of gtk_widget_show(), causing the widget to be
|
|
* hidden (invisible to the user).
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_hide (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
|
|
{
|
|
GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
|
|
|
|
g_object_ref (widget);
|
|
if (toplevel != widget && GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (toplevel))
|
|
_gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
|
|
|
|
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[HIDE], 0);
|
|
if (!GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget))
|
|
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
|
|
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "visible");
|
|
g_object_unref (widget);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_real_hide (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
|
|
{
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_VISIBLE);
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
|
|
gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_hide_on_delete:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Utility function; intended to be connected to the #GtkWidget::delete-event
|
|
* signal on a #GtkWindow. The function calls gtk_widget_hide() on its
|
|
* argument, then returns %TRUE. If connected to ::delete-event, the
|
|
* result is that clicking the close button for a window (on the
|
|
* window frame, top right corner usually) will hide but not destroy
|
|
* the window. By default, GTK+ destroys windows when ::delete-event
|
|
* is received.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: %TRUE
|
|
**/
|
|
gboolean
|
|
gtk_widget_hide_on_delete (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|
|
|
gtk_widget_hide (widget);
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_show_all:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Recursively shows a widget, and any child widgets (if the widget is
|
|
* a container).
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_show_all (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
GtkWidgetClass *class;
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
if ((GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_NO_SHOW_ALL) != 0)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
|
|
|
|
if (class->show_all)
|
|
class->show_all (widget);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_hide_all:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Recursively hides a widget and any child widgets.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_hide_all (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
GtkWidgetClass *class;
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
if ((GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_NO_SHOW_ALL) != 0)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
|
|
|
|
if (class->hide_all)
|
|
class->hide_all (widget);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_map:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
|
|
* a widget to be mapped if it isn't already.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_map (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget));
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_CHILD_VISIBLE (widget));
|
|
|
|
if (!GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
|
|
{
|
|
if (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
|
|
gtk_widget_realize (widget);
|
|
|
|
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[MAP], 0);
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
|
|
gdk_window_invalidate_rect (widget->window, &widget->allocation, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_unmap:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
|
|
* a widget to be unmapped if it's currently mapped.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_unmap (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
|
|
{
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
|
|
gdk_window_invalidate_rect (widget->window, &widget->allocation, FALSE);
|
|
_gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
|
|
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[UNMAP], 0);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_set_extension_events_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GdkExtensionMode mode,
|
|
GList *window_list)
|
|
{
|
|
GList *free_list = NULL;
|
|
GList *l;
|
|
|
|
if (window_list == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
|
|
window_list = g_list_prepend (NULL, widget->window);
|
|
else
|
|
window_list = gdk_window_get_children (widget->window);
|
|
|
|
free_list = window_list;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for (l = window_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
|
|
{
|
|
GdkWindow *window = l->data;
|
|
gpointer user_data;
|
|
|
|
gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &user_data);
|
|
if (user_data == widget)
|
|
{
|
|
GList *children;
|
|
|
|
gdk_input_set_extension_events (window,
|
|
gdk_window_get_events (window),
|
|
mode);
|
|
|
|
children = gdk_window_get_children (window);
|
|
if (children)
|
|
{
|
|
gtk_widget_set_extension_events_internal (widget, mode, children);
|
|
g_list_free (children);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (free_list)
|
|
g_list_free (free_list);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_realize:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Creates the GDK (windowing system) resources associated with a
|
|
* widget. For example, @widget->window will be created when a widget
|
|
* is realized. Normally realization happens implicitly; if you show
|
|
* a widget and all its parent containers, then the widget will be
|
|
* realized and mapped automatically.
|
|
*
|
|
* Realizing a widget requires all
|
|
* the widget's parent widgets to be realized; calling
|
|
* gtk_widget_realize() realizes the widget's parents in addition to
|
|
* @widget itself. If a widget is not yet inside a toplevel window
|
|
* when you realize it, bad things will happen.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is primarily used in widget implementations, and
|
|
* isn't very useful otherwise. Many times when you think you might
|
|
* need it, a better approach is to connect to a signal that will be
|
|
* called after the widget is realized automatically, such as
|
|
* GtkWidget::expose-event. Or simply g_signal_connect () to the
|
|
* GtkWidget::realize signal.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
GdkExtensionMode mode;
|
|
GtkWidgetShapeInfo *shape_info;
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_ANCHORED (widget) ||
|
|
GTK_IS_INVISIBLE (widget));
|
|
|
|
if (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget) && !GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
|
|
g_message ("gtk_widget_realize(%s)", g_type_name (GTK_WIDGET_TYPE (widget)));
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (widget->parent == NULL &&
|
|
!GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget))
|
|
g_warning ("Calling gtk_widget_realize() on a widget that isn't "
|
|
"inside a toplevel window is not going to work very well. "
|
|
"Widgets must be inside a toplevel container before realizing them.");
|
|
|
|
if (widget->parent && !GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget->parent))
|
|
gtk_widget_realize (widget->parent);
|
|
|
|
gtk_widget_ensure_style (widget);
|
|
|
|
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[REALIZE], 0);
|
|
|
|
gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget,
|
|
GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_has_tooltip)),
|
|
TRUE);
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_HAS_SHAPE_MASK (widget))
|
|
{
|
|
shape_info = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info);
|
|
gdk_window_shape_combine_mask (widget->window,
|
|
shape_info->shape_mask,
|
|
shape_info->offset_x,
|
|
shape_info->offset_y);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
shape_info = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info);
|
|
if (shape_info)
|
|
gdk_window_input_shape_combine_mask (widget->window,
|
|
shape_info->shape_mask,
|
|
shape_info->offset_x,
|
|
shape_info->offset_y);
|
|
|
|
mode = gtk_widget_get_extension_events (widget);
|
|
if (mode != GDK_EXTENSION_EVENTS_NONE)
|
|
gtk_widget_set_extension_events_internal (widget, mode, NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_unrealize:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is only useful in widget implementations.
|
|
* Causes a widget to be unrealized (frees all GDK resources
|
|
* associated with the widget, such as @widget->window).
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_HAS_SHAPE_MASK (widget))
|
|
gtk_widget_shape_combine_mask (widget, NULL, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info))
|
|
gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_mask (widget, NULL, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
|
|
{
|
|
g_object_ref (widget);
|
|
_gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
|
|
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[UNREALIZE], 0);
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_REALIZED | GTK_MAPPED);
|
|
g_object_unref (widget);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*****************************************
|
|
* Draw queueing.
|
|
*****************************************/
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_queue_draw_area:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @x: x coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
|
|
* @y: y coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
|
|
* @width: width of region to draw
|
|
* @height: height of region to draw
|
|
*
|
|
* Invalidates the rectangular area of @widget defined by @x, @y,
|
|
* @width and @height by calling gdk_window_invalidate_rect() on the
|
|
* widget's window and all its child windows. Once the main loop
|
|
* becomes idle (after the current batch of events has been processed,
|
|
* roughly), the window will receive expose events for the union of
|
|
* all regions that have been invalidated.
|
|
*
|
|
* Normally you would only use this function in widget
|
|
* implementations. You might also use it, or
|
|
* gdk_window_invalidate_rect() directly, to schedule a redraw of a
|
|
* #GtkDrawingArea or some portion thereof.
|
|
*
|
|
* Frequently you can just call gdk_window_invalidate_rect() or
|
|
* gdk_window_invalidate_region() instead of this function. Those
|
|
* functions will invalidate only a single window, instead of the
|
|
* widget and all its children.
|
|
*
|
|
* The advantage of adding to the invalidated region compared to
|
|
* simply drawing immediately is efficiency; using an invalid region
|
|
* ensures that you only have to redraw one time.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
gint x,
|
|
gint y,
|
|
gint width,
|
|
gint height)
|
|
{
|
|
GdkRectangle invalid_rect;
|
|
GtkWidget *w;
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
if (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
/* Just return if the widget or one of its ancestors isn't mapped */
|
|
for (w = widget; w != NULL; w = w->parent)
|
|
if (!GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (w))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
/* Find the correct widget */
|
|
|
|
if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
|
|
{
|
|
if (widget->parent)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Translate widget relative to window-relative */
|
|
|
|
gint wx, wy, wwidth, wheight;
|
|
|
|
gdk_window_get_position (widget->window, &wx, &wy);
|
|
x -= wx - widget->allocation.x;
|
|
y -= wy - widget->allocation.y;
|
|
|
|
gdk_drawable_get_size (widget->window, &wwidth, &wheight);
|
|
|
|
if (x + width <= 0 || y + height <= 0 ||
|
|
x >= wwidth || y >= wheight)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if (x < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
width += x; x = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
if (y < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
height += y; y = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
if (x + width > wwidth)
|
|
width = wwidth - x;
|
|
if (y + height > wheight)
|
|
height = wheight - y;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
invalid_rect.x = x;
|
|
invalid_rect.y = y;
|
|
invalid_rect.width = width;
|
|
invalid_rect.height = height;
|
|
|
|
gdk_window_invalidate_rect (widget->window, &invalid_rect, TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
widget_add_child_draw_rectangle (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GdkRectangle *rect)
|
|
{
|
|
GdkRectangle child_rect;
|
|
|
|
if (!GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget) ||
|
|
widget->window != widget->parent->window)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
gtk_widget_get_draw_rectangle (widget, &child_rect);
|
|
gdk_rectangle_union (rect, &child_rect, rect);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_get_draw_rectangle (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GdkRectangle *rect)
|
|
{
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
|
|
{
|
|
GtkBorder *draw_border = NULL;
|
|
|
|
*rect = widget->allocation;
|
|
|
|
gtk_widget_style_get (widget,
|
|
"draw-border", &draw_border,
|
|
NULL);
|
|
if (draw_border)
|
|
{
|
|
rect->x -= draw_border->top;
|
|
rect->y -= draw_border->left;
|
|
rect->width += draw_border->left + draw_border->right;
|
|
rect->height += draw_border->top + draw_border->bottom;
|
|
|
|
gtk_border_free (draw_border);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
|
|
gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
|
|
(GtkCallback)widget_add_child_draw_rectangle,
|
|
rect);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
rect->x = 0;
|
|
rect->y = 0;
|
|
rect->width = widget->allocation.width;
|
|
rect->height = widget->allocation.height;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_queue_draw:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Equivalent to calling gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() for the
|
|
* entire area of a widget.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_queue_draw (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
GdkRectangle rect;
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
gtk_widget_get_draw_rectangle (widget, &rect);
|
|
|
|
gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (widget,
|
|
rect.x, rect.y,
|
|
rect.width, rect.height);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Invalidates the given area (allocation-relative-coordinates)
|
|
* in all of the widget's windows
|
|
*/
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_queue_clear_area:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @x: x coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
|
|
* @y: y coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
|
|
* @width: width of region to draw
|
|
* @height: height of region to draw
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is no longer different from
|
|
* gtk_widget_queue_draw_area(), though it once was. Now it just calls
|
|
* gtk_widget_queue_draw_area(). Originally
|
|
* gtk_widget_queue_clear_area() would force a redraw of the
|
|
* background for %GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets, and
|
|
* gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() would not. Now both functions ensure
|
|
* the background will be redrawn.
|
|
*
|
|
* Deprecated: 2.2: Use gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() instead.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_queue_clear_area (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
gint x,
|
|
gint y,
|
|
gint width,
|
|
gint height)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (widget, x, y, width, height);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_queue_clear:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* This function does the same as gtk_widget_queue_draw().
|
|
*
|
|
* Deprecated: 2.2: Use gtk_widget_queue_draw() instead.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_queue_clear (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_queue_resize:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is only for use in widget implementations.
|
|
* Flags a widget to have its size renegotiated; should
|
|
* be called when a widget for some reason has a new size request.
|
|
* For example, when you change the text in a #GtkLabel, #GtkLabel
|
|
* queues a resize to ensure there's enough space for the new text.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_queue_resize (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
|
|
gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (widget);
|
|
|
|
_gtk_size_group_queue_resize (widget);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_queue_resize_no_redraw:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* This function works like gtk_widget_queue_resize(),
|
|
* except that the widget is not invalidated.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.4
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_queue_resize_no_redraw (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
_gtk_size_group_queue_resize (widget);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_draw:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @area: area to draw
|
|
*
|
|
* In GTK+ 1.2, this function would immediately render the
|
|
* region @area of a widget, by invoking the virtual draw method of a
|
|
* widget. In GTK+ 2.0, the draw method is gone, and instead
|
|
* gtk_widget_draw() simply invalidates the specified region of the
|
|
* widget, then updates the invalid region of the widget immediately.
|
|
* Usually you don't want to update the region immediately for
|
|
* performance reasons, so in general gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() is
|
|
* a better choice if you want to draw a region of a widget.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_draw (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
const GdkRectangle *area)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE (widget))
|
|
{
|
|
if (area)
|
|
gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (widget,
|
|
area->x, area->y,
|
|
area->width, area->height);
|
|
else
|
|
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
|
|
|
|
gdk_window_process_updates (widget->window, TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_size_request:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @requisition: a #GtkRequisition to be filled in
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is typically used when implementing a #GtkContainer
|
|
* subclass. Obtains the preferred size of a widget. The container
|
|
* uses this information to arrange its child widgets and decide what
|
|
* size allocations to give them with gtk_widget_size_allocate().
|
|
*
|
|
* You can also call this function from an application, with some
|
|
* caveats. Most notably, getting a size request requires the widget
|
|
* to be associated with a screen, because font information may be
|
|
* needed. Multihead-aware applications should keep this in mind.
|
|
*
|
|
* Also remember that the size request is not necessarily the size
|
|
* a widget will actually be allocated.
|
|
*
|
|
* See also gtk_widget_get_child_requisition().
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkRequisition *requisition)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
#ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
|
|
if (requisition == &widget->requisition)
|
|
g_warning ("gtk_widget_size_request() called on child widget with request equal\n to widget->requisition. gtk_widget_set_usize() may not work properly.");
|
|
#endif /* G_ENABLE_DEBUG */
|
|
|
|
_gtk_size_group_compute_requisition (widget, requisition);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_get_child_requisition:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @requisition: a #GtkRequisition to be filled in
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is only for use in widget implementations. Obtains
|
|
* @widget->requisition, unless someone has forced a particular
|
|
* geometry on the widget (e.g. with gtk_widget_set_size_request()),
|
|
* in which case it returns that geometry instead of the widget's
|
|
* requisition.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function differs from gtk_widget_size_request() in that
|
|
* it retrieves the last size request value from @widget->requisition,
|
|
* while gtk_widget_size_request() actually calls the "size_request" method
|
|
* on @widget to compute the size request and fill in @widget->requisition,
|
|
* and only then returns @widget->requisition.
|
|
*
|
|
* Because this function does not call the "size_request" method, it
|
|
* can only be used when you know that @widget->requisition is
|
|
* up-to-date, that is, gtk_widget_size_request() has been called
|
|
* since the last time a resize was queued. In general, only container
|
|
* implementations have this information; applications should use
|
|
* gtk_widget_size_request().
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_get_child_requisition (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkRequisition *requisition)
|
|
{
|
|
_gtk_size_group_get_child_requisition (widget, requisition);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static gboolean
|
|
invalidate_predicate (GdkWindow *window,
|
|
gpointer data)
|
|
{
|
|
gpointer user_data;
|
|
|
|
gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &user_data);
|
|
|
|
return (user_data == data);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Invalidate @region in widget->window and all children
|
|
* of widget->window owned by widget. @region is in the
|
|
* same coordinates as widget->allocation and will be
|
|
* modified by this call.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GdkRegion *region)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget) && widget->parent)
|
|
{
|
|
int x, y;
|
|
|
|
gdk_window_get_position (widget->window, &x, &y);
|
|
gdk_region_offset (region, -x, -y);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
gdk_window_invalidate_maybe_recurse (widget->window, region,
|
|
invalidate_predicate, widget);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Like gtk_widget_queue_draw(), but only windows owned
|
|
* by @widget are invalidated.
|
|
**/
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
GdkRectangle rect;
|
|
GdkRegion *region;
|
|
|
|
if (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
gtk_widget_get_draw_rectangle (widget, &rect);
|
|
|
|
/* get_draw_rectangle() gives us window coordinates, we
|
|
* need to convert to the coordinates that widget->allocation
|
|
* is in.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget) && widget->parent)
|
|
{
|
|
int wx, wy;
|
|
|
|
gdk_window_get_position (widget->window, &wx, &wy);
|
|
|
|
rect.x += wx;
|
|
rect.y += wy;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
region = gdk_region_rectangle (&rect);
|
|
gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (widget, region);
|
|
gdk_region_destroy (region);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_size_allocate:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @allocation: position and size to be allocated to @widget
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is only used by #GtkContainer subclasses, to assign a size
|
|
* and position to their child widgets.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkAllocation *allocation)
|
|
{
|
|
GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
|
|
GdkRectangle real_allocation;
|
|
GdkRectangle old_allocation;
|
|
gboolean alloc_needed;
|
|
gboolean size_changed;
|
|
gboolean position_changed;
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
#ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
|
|
if (gtk_debug_flags & GTK_DEBUG_GEOMETRY)
|
|
{
|
|
gint depth;
|
|
GtkWidget *parent;
|
|
const gchar *name;
|
|
|
|
depth = 0;
|
|
parent = widget;
|
|
while (parent)
|
|
{
|
|
depth++;
|
|
parent = gtk_widget_get_parent (parent);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
name = g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE (G_OBJECT (widget)));
|
|
g_print ("gtk_widget_size_allocate: %*s%s %d %d\n",
|
|
2 * depth, " ", name,
|
|
allocation->width, allocation->height);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif /* G_ENABLE_DEBUG */
|
|
|
|
alloc_needed = GTK_WIDGET_ALLOC_NEEDED (widget);
|
|
if (!GTK_WIDGET_REQUEST_NEEDED (widget)) /* Preserve request/allocate ordering */
|
|
GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_ALLOC_NEEDED);
|
|
|
|
old_allocation = widget->allocation;
|
|
real_allocation = *allocation;
|
|
aux_info =_gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
|
|
|
|
if (aux_info)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aux_info->x_set)
|
|
real_allocation.x = aux_info->x;
|
|
if (aux_info->y_set)
|
|
real_allocation.y = aux_info->y;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (real_allocation.width < 0 || real_allocation.height < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
g_warning ("gtk_widget_size_allocate(): attempt to allocate widget with width %d and height %d",
|
|
real_allocation.width,
|
|
real_allocation.height);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
real_allocation.width = MAX (real_allocation.width, 1);
|
|
real_allocation.height = MAX (real_allocation.height, 1);
|
|
|
|
size_changed = (old_allocation.width != real_allocation.width ||
|
|
old_allocation.height != real_allocation.height);
|
|
position_changed = (old_allocation.x != real_allocation.x ||
|
|
old_allocation.y != real_allocation.y);
|
|
|
|
if (!alloc_needed && !size_changed && !position_changed)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SIZE_ALLOCATE], 0, &real_allocation);
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
|
|
{
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget) && GTK_WIDGET_REDRAW_ON_ALLOC (widget) && position_changed)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Invalidate union(old_allaction,widget->allocation) in widget->window
|
|
*/
|
|
GdkRegion *invalidate = gdk_region_rectangle (&widget->allocation);
|
|
gdk_region_union_with_rect (invalidate, &old_allocation);
|
|
|
|
gdk_window_invalidate_region (widget->window, invalidate, FALSE);
|
|
gdk_region_destroy (invalidate);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (size_changed)
|
|
{
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_REDRAW_ON_ALLOC (widget))
|
|
{
|
|
/* Invalidate union(old_allaction,widget->allocation) in widget->window and descendents owned by widget
|
|
*/
|
|
GdkRegion *invalidate = gdk_region_rectangle (&widget->allocation);
|
|
gdk_region_union_with_rect (invalidate, &old_allocation);
|
|
|
|
gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (widget, invalidate);
|
|
gdk_region_destroy (invalidate);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ((size_changed || position_changed) && widget->parent &&
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget->parent) && GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent)->reallocate_redraws)
|
|
{
|
|
GdkRegion *invalidate = gdk_region_rectangle (&widget->parent->allocation);
|
|
gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (widget->parent, invalidate);
|
|
gdk_region_destroy (invalidate);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_common_ancestor:
|
|
* @widget_a: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @widget_b: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Find the common ancestor of @widget_a and @widget_b that
|
|
* is closest to the two widgets.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: the closest common ancestor of @widget_a and
|
|
* @widget_b or %NULL if @widget_a and @widget_b do not
|
|
* share a common ancestor.
|
|
**/
|
|
static GtkWidget *
|
|
gtk_widget_common_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget_a,
|
|
GtkWidget *widget_b)
|
|
{
|
|
GtkWidget *parent_a;
|
|
GtkWidget *parent_b;
|
|
gint depth_a = 0;
|
|
gint depth_b = 0;
|
|
|
|
parent_a = widget_a;
|
|
while (parent_a->parent)
|
|
{
|
|
parent_a = parent_a->parent;
|
|
depth_a++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
parent_b = widget_b;
|
|
while (parent_b->parent)
|
|
{
|
|
parent_b = parent_b->parent;
|
|
depth_b++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (parent_a != parent_b)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
while (depth_a > depth_b)
|
|
{
|
|
widget_a = widget_a->parent;
|
|
depth_a--;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
while (depth_b > depth_a)
|
|
{
|
|
widget_b = widget_b->parent;
|
|
depth_b--;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
while (widget_a != widget_b)
|
|
{
|
|
widget_a = widget_a->parent;
|
|
widget_b = widget_b->parent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return widget_a;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_translate_coordinates:
|
|
* @src_widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @dest_widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @src_x: X position relative to @src_widget
|
|
* @src_y: Y position relative to @src_widget
|
|
* @dest_x: location to store X position relative to @dest_widget
|
|
* @dest_y: location to store Y position relative to @dest_widget
|
|
*
|
|
* Translate coordinates relative to @src_widget's allocation to coordinates
|
|
* relative to @dest_widget's allocations. In order to perform this
|
|
* operation, both widgets must be realized, and must share a common
|
|
* toplevel.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: %FALSE if either widget was not realized, or there
|
|
* was no common ancestor. In this case, nothing is stored in
|
|
* *@dest_x and *@dest_y. Otherwise %TRUE.
|
|
**/
|
|
gboolean
|
|
gtk_widget_translate_coordinates (GtkWidget *src_widget,
|
|
GtkWidget *dest_widget,
|
|
gint src_x,
|
|
gint src_y,
|
|
gint *dest_x,
|
|
gint *dest_y)
|
|
{
|
|
GtkWidget *ancestor;
|
|
GdkWindow *window;
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (src_widget), FALSE);
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (dest_widget), FALSE);
|
|
|
|
ancestor = gtk_widget_common_ancestor (src_widget, dest_widget);
|
|
if (!ancestor || !GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (src_widget) || !GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (dest_widget))
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* Translate from allocation relative to window relative */
|
|
if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (src_widget) && src_widget->parent)
|
|
{
|
|
gint wx, wy;
|
|
gdk_window_get_position (src_widget->window, &wx, &wy);
|
|
|
|
src_x -= wx - src_widget->allocation.x;
|
|
src_y -= wy - src_widget->allocation.y;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
src_x += src_widget->allocation.x;
|
|
src_y += src_widget->allocation.y;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Translate to the common ancestor */
|
|
window = src_widget->window;
|
|
while (window != ancestor->window)
|
|
{
|
|
gint dx, dy;
|
|
|
|
gdk_window_get_position (window, &dx, &dy);
|
|
|
|
src_x += dx;
|
|
src_y += dy;
|
|
|
|
window = gdk_window_get_parent (window);
|
|
|
|
if (!window) /* Handle GtkHandleBox */
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* And back */
|
|
window = dest_widget->window;
|
|
while (window != ancestor->window)
|
|
{
|
|
gint dx, dy;
|
|
|
|
gdk_window_get_position (window, &dx, &dy);
|
|
|
|
src_x -= dx;
|
|
src_y -= dy;
|
|
|
|
window = gdk_window_get_parent (window);
|
|
|
|
if (!window) /* Handle GtkHandleBox */
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Translate from window relative to allocation relative */
|
|
if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (dest_widget) && dest_widget->parent)
|
|
{
|
|
gint wx, wy;
|
|
gdk_window_get_position (dest_widget->window, &wx, &wy);
|
|
|
|
src_x += wx - dest_widget->allocation.x;
|
|
src_y += wy - dest_widget->allocation.y;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
src_x -= dest_widget->allocation.x;
|
|
src_y -= dest_widget->allocation.y;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (dest_x)
|
|
*dest_x = src_x;
|
|
if (dest_y)
|
|
*dest_y = src_y;
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_real_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkAllocation *allocation)
|
|
{
|
|
widget->allocation = *allocation;
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget) &&
|
|
!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
|
|
{
|
|
gdk_window_move_resize (widget->window,
|
|
allocation->x, allocation->y,
|
|
allocation->width, allocation->height);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static gboolean
|
|
gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
guint signal_id)
|
|
{
|
|
/* widgets must be onscreen for accels to take effect */
|
|
return GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget) && GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE (widget) && gdk_window_is_viewable (widget->window);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_can_activate_accel:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @signal_id: the ID of a signal installed on @widget
|
|
*
|
|
* Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal
|
|
* identified by @signal_id can currently be activated.
|
|
* This is done by emitting the #GtkWidget::can-activate-accel
|
|
* signal on @widget; if the signal isn't overridden by a
|
|
* handler or in a derived widget, then the default check is
|
|
* that the widget must be sensitive, and the widget and all
|
|
* its ancestors mapped.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: %TRUE if the accelerator can be activated.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.4
|
|
**/
|
|
gboolean
|
|
gtk_widget_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
guint signal_id)
|
|
{
|
|
gboolean can_activate = FALSE;
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[CAN_ACTIVATE_ACCEL], 0, signal_id, &can_activate);
|
|
return can_activate;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
typedef struct {
|
|
GClosure closure;
|
|
guint signal_id;
|
|
} AccelClosure;
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
closure_accel_activate (GClosure *closure,
|
|
GValue *return_value,
|
|
guint n_param_values,
|
|
const GValue *param_values,
|
|
gpointer invocation_hint,
|
|
gpointer marshal_data)
|
|
{
|
|
AccelClosure *aclosure = (AccelClosure*) closure;
|
|
gboolean can_activate = gtk_widget_can_activate_accel (closure->data, aclosure->signal_id);
|
|
|
|
if (can_activate)
|
|
g_signal_emit (closure->data, aclosure->signal_id, 0);
|
|
|
|
/* whether accelerator was handled */
|
|
g_value_set_boolean (return_value, can_activate);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
closures_destroy (gpointer data)
|
|
{
|
|
GSList *slist, *closures = data;
|
|
|
|
for (slist = closures; slist; slist = slist->next)
|
|
{
|
|
g_closure_invalidate (slist->data);
|
|
g_closure_unref (slist->data);
|
|
}
|
|
g_slist_free (closures);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static GClosure*
|
|
widget_new_accel_closure (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
guint signal_id)
|
|
{
|
|
AccelClosure *aclosure;
|
|
GClosure *closure = NULL;
|
|
GSList *slist, *closures;
|
|
|
|
closures = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures);
|
|
for (slist = closures; slist; slist = slist->next)
|
|
if (!gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure (slist->data))
|
|
{
|
|
/* reuse this closure */
|
|
closure = slist->data;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (!closure)
|
|
{
|
|
closure = g_closure_new_object (sizeof (AccelClosure), G_OBJECT (widget));
|
|
closures = g_slist_prepend (closures, g_closure_ref (closure));
|
|
g_closure_sink (closure);
|
|
g_closure_set_marshal (closure, closure_accel_activate);
|
|
}
|
|
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures, closures, closures_destroy);
|
|
|
|
aclosure = (AccelClosure*) closure;
|
|
g_assert (closure->data == widget);
|
|
g_assert (closure->marshal == closure_accel_activate);
|
|
aclosure->signal_id = signal_id;
|
|
|
|
return closure;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_add_accelerator
|
|
* @widget: widget to install an accelerator on
|
|
* @accel_signal: widget signal to emit on accelerator activation
|
|
* @accel_group: accel group for this widget, added to its toplevel
|
|
* @accel_key: GDK keyval of the accelerator
|
|
* @accel_mods: modifier key combination of the accelerator
|
|
* @accel_flags: flag accelerators, e.g. %GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE
|
|
*
|
|
* Installs an accelerator for this @widget in @accel_group that causes
|
|
* @accel_signal to be emitted if the accelerator is activated.
|
|
* The @accel_group needs to be added to the widget's toplevel via
|
|
* gtk_window_add_accel_group(), and the signal must be of type %G_RUN_ACTION.
|
|
* Accelerators added through this function are not user changeable during
|
|
* runtime. If you want to support accelerators that can be changed by the
|
|
* user, use gtk_accel_map_add_entry() and gtk_widget_set_accel_path() or
|
|
* gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path() instead.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_add_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
const gchar *accel_signal,
|
|
GtkAccelGroup *accel_group,
|
|
guint accel_key,
|
|
GdkModifierType accel_mods,
|
|
GtkAccelFlags accel_flags)
|
|
{
|
|
GClosure *closure;
|
|
GSignalQuery query;
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
g_return_if_fail (accel_signal != NULL);
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group));
|
|
|
|
g_signal_query (g_signal_lookup (accel_signal, G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget)), &query);
|
|
if (!query.signal_id ||
|
|
!(query.signal_flags & G_SIGNAL_ACTION) ||
|
|
query.return_type != G_TYPE_NONE ||
|
|
query.n_params)
|
|
{
|
|
/* hmm, should be elaborate enough */
|
|
g_warning (G_STRLOC ": widget `%s' has no activatable signal \"%s\" without arguments",
|
|
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), accel_signal);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
closure = widget_new_accel_closure (widget, query.signal_id);
|
|
|
|
g_object_ref (widget);
|
|
|
|
/* install the accelerator. since we don't map this onto an accel_path,
|
|
* the accelerator will automatically be locked.
|
|
*/
|
|
gtk_accel_group_connect (accel_group,
|
|
accel_key,
|
|
accel_mods,
|
|
accel_flags | GTK_ACCEL_LOCKED,
|
|
closure);
|
|
|
|
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
|
|
|
|
g_object_unref (widget);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_remove_accelerator:
|
|
* @widget: widget to install an accelerator on
|
|
* @accel_group: accel group for this widget
|
|
* @accel_key: GDK keyval of the accelerator
|
|
* @accel_mods: modifier key combination of the accelerator
|
|
* @returns: whether an accelerator was installed and could be removed
|
|
*
|
|
* Removes an accelerator from @widget, previously installed with
|
|
* gtk_widget_add_accelerator().
|
|
*/
|
|
gboolean
|
|
gtk_widget_remove_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkAccelGroup *accel_group,
|
|
guint accel_key,
|
|
GdkModifierType accel_mods)
|
|
{
|
|
GtkAccelGroupEntry *ag_entry;
|
|
GList *slist, *clist;
|
|
guint n;
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group), FALSE);
|
|
|
|
ag_entry = gtk_accel_group_query (accel_group, accel_key, accel_mods, &n);
|
|
clist = gtk_widget_list_accel_closures (widget);
|
|
for (slist = clist; slist; slist = slist->next)
|
|
{
|
|
guint i;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
|
|
if (slist->data == (gpointer) ag_entry[i].closure)
|
|
{
|
|
gboolean is_removed = gtk_accel_group_disconnect (accel_group, slist->data);
|
|
|
|
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
|
|
|
|
g_list_free (clist);
|
|
|
|
return is_removed;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
g_list_free (clist);
|
|
|
|
g_warning (G_STRLOC ": no accelerator (%u,%u) installed in accel group (%p) for %s (%p)",
|
|
accel_key, accel_mods, accel_group,
|
|
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_list_accel_closures
|
|
* @widget: widget to list accelerator closures for
|
|
* @returns: a newly allocated #GList of closures
|
|
*
|
|
* Lists the closures used by @widget for accelerator group connections
|
|
* with gtk_accel_group_connect_by_path() or gtk_accel_group_connect().
|
|
* The closures can be used to monitor accelerator changes on @widget,
|
|
* by connecting to the @GtkAccelGroup::accel-changed signal of the
|
|
* #GtkAccelGroup of a closure which can be found out with
|
|
* gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure().
|
|
*/
|
|
GList*
|
|
gtk_widget_list_accel_closures (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
GSList *slist;
|
|
GList *clist = NULL;
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|
|
|
for (slist = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures); slist; slist = slist->next)
|
|
if (gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure (slist->data))
|
|
clist = g_list_prepend (clist, slist->data);
|
|
return clist;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
typedef struct {
|
|
GQuark path_quark;
|
|
GtkAccelGroup *accel_group;
|
|
GClosure *closure;
|
|
} AccelPath;
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
destroy_accel_path (gpointer data)
|
|
{
|
|
AccelPath *apath = data;
|
|
|
|
gtk_accel_group_disconnect (apath->accel_group, apath->closure);
|
|
|
|
/* closures_destroy takes care of unrefing the closure */
|
|
g_object_unref (apath->accel_group);
|
|
|
|
g_slice_free (AccelPath, apath);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_set_accel_path:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @accel_path: path used to look up the accelerator
|
|
* @accel_group: a #GtkAccelGroup.
|
|
*
|
|
* Given an accelerator group, @accel_group, and an accelerator path,
|
|
* @accel_path, sets up an accelerator in @accel_group so whenever the
|
|
* key binding that is defined for @accel_path is pressed, @widget
|
|
* will be activated. This removes any accelerators (for any
|
|
* accelerator group) installed by previous calls to
|
|
* gtk_widget_set_accel_path(). Associating accelerators with
|
|
* paths allows them to be modified by the user and the modifications
|
|
* to be saved for future use. (See gtk_accel_map_save().)
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is a low level function that would most likely
|
|
* be used by a menu creation system like #GtkUIManager. If you
|
|
* use #GtkUIManager, setting up accelerator paths will be done
|
|
* automatically.
|
|
*
|
|
* Even when you you aren't using #GtkUIManager, if you only want to
|
|
* set up accelerators on menu items gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path()
|
|
* provides a somewhat more convenient interface.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that @accel_path string will be stored in a #GQuark. Therefore, if you
|
|
* pass a static string, you can save some memory by interning it first with
|
|
* g_intern_static_string().
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_set_accel_path (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
const gchar *accel_path,
|
|
GtkAccelGroup *accel_group)
|
|
{
|
|
AccelPath *apath;
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal != 0);
|
|
|
|
if (accel_path)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group));
|
|
g_return_if_fail (_gtk_accel_path_is_valid (accel_path));
|
|
|
|
gtk_accel_map_add_entry (accel_path, 0, 0);
|
|
apath = g_slice_new (AccelPath);
|
|
apath->accel_group = g_object_ref (accel_group);
|
|
apath->path_quark = g_quark_from_string (accel_path);
|
|
apath->closure = widget_new_accel_closure (widget, GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
apath = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/* also removes possible old settings */
|
|
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path, apath, destroy_accel_path);
|
|
|
|
if (apath)
|
|
gtk_accel_group_connect_by_path (apath->accel_group, g_quark_to_string (apath->path_quark), apath->closure);
|
|
|
|
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const gchar*
|
|
_gtk_widget_get_accel_path (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
gboolean *locked)
|
|
{
|
|
AccelPath *apath;
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|
|
|
apath = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path);
|
|
if (locked)
|
|
*locked = apath ? apath->accel_group->lock_count > 0 : TRUE;
|
|
return apath ? g_quark_to_string (apath->path_quark) : NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
gboolean
|
|
gtk_widget_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
gboolean group_cycling)
|
|
{
|
|
gboolean handled;
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|
|
|
group_cycling = group_cycling != FALSE;
|
|
if (!GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget))
|
|
handled = TRUE;
|
|
else
|
|
g_signal_emit (widget,
|
|
widget_signals[MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE],
|
|
0,
|
|
group_cycling,
|
|
&handled);
|
|
return handled;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static gboolean
|
|
gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
gboolean group_cycling)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!group_cycling && GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal)
|
|
gtk_widget_activate (widget);
|
|
else if (GTK_WIDGET_CAN_FOCUS (widget))
|
|
gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
g_warning ("widget `%s' isn't suitable for mnemonic activation",
|
|
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
|
|
gtk_widget_error_bell (widget);
|
|
}
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static gboolean
|
|
gtk_widget_real_key_press_event (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GdkEventKey *event)
|
|
{
|
|
return gtk_bindings_activate_event (GTK_OBJECT (widget), event);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static gboolean
|
|
gtk_widget_real_key_release_event (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GdkEventKey *event)
|
|
{
|
|
return gtk_bindings_activate_event (GTK_OBJECT (widget), event);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static gboolean
|
|
gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GdkEventFocus *event)
|
|
{
|
|
gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (widget);
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static gboolean
|
|
gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GdkEventFocus *event)
|
|
{
|
|
gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (widget);
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#define WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT(widget, event) \
|
|
(event->type == GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE || GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED(widget))
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_event:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @event: a #GdkEvent
|
|
*
|
|
* Rarely-used function. This function is used to emit
|
|
* the event signals on a widget (those signals should never
|
|
* be emitted without using this function to do so).
|
|
* If you want to synthesize an event though, don't use this function;
|
|
* instead, use gtk_main_do_event() so the event will behave as if
|
|
* it were in the event queue. Don't synthesize expose events; instead,
|
|
* use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() to invalidate a region of the
|
|
* window.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if
|
|
* the event was handled)
|
|
**/
|
|
gboolean
|
|
gtk_widget_event (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GdkEvent *event)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event), TRUE);
|
|
|
|
if (event->type == GDK_EXPOSE)
|
|
{
|
|
g_warning ("Events of type GDK_EXPOSE cannot be synthesized. To get "
|
|
"the same effect, call gdk_window_invalidate_rect/region(), "
|
|
"followed by gdk_window_process_updates().");
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return gtk_widget_event_internal (widget, event);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_send_expose:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @event: a expose #GdkEvent
|
|
*
|
|
* Very rarely-used function. This function is used to emit
|
|
* an expose event signals on a widget. This function is not
|
|
* normally used directly. The only time it is used is when
|
|
* propagating an expose event to a child %NO_WINDOW widget, and
|
|
* that is normally done using gtk_container_propagate_expose().
|
|
*
|
|
* If you want to force an area of a window to be redrawn,
|
|
* use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() or gdk_window_invalidate_region().
|
|
* To cause the redraw to be done immediately, follow that call
|
|
* with a call to gdk_window_process_updates().
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if
|
|
* the event was handled)
|
|
**/
|
|
gint
|
|
gtk_widget_send_expose (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GdkEvent *event)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget), TRUE);
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (event != NULL, TRUE);
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (event->type == GDK_EXPOSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
|
return gtk_widget_event_internal (widget, event);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static gboolean
|
|
event_window_is_still_viewable (GdkEvent *event)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Some programs, such as gnome-theme-manager, fake widgets
|
|
* into exposing onto a pixmap by sending expose events with
|
|
* event->window pointing to a pixmap
|
|
*/
|
|
if (GDK_IS_PIXMAP (event->any.window))
|
|
return event->type == GDK_EXPOSE;
|
|
|
|
/* Check that we think the event's window is viewable before
|
|
* delivering the event, to prevent suprises. We do this here
|
|
* at the last moment, since the event may have been queued
|
|
* up behind other events, held over a recursive main loop, etc.
|
|
*/
|
|
switch (event->type)
|
|
{
|
|
case GDK_EXPOSE:
|
|
case GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY:
|
|
case GDK_BUTTON_PRESS:
|
|
case GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS:
|
|
case GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS:
|
|
case GDK_KEY_PRESS:
|
|
case GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY:
|
|
case GDK_PROXIMITY_IN:
|
|
case GDK_SCROLL:
|
|
return event->any.window && gdk_window_is_viewable (event->any.window);
|
|
|
|
#if 0
|
|
/* The following events are the second half of paired events;
|
|
* we always deliver them to deal with widgets that clean up
|
|
* on the second half.
|
|
*/
|
|
case GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE:
|
|
case GDK_KEY_RELEASE:
|
|
case GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY:
|
|
case GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT:
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
/* Remaining events would make sense on an not-viewable window,
|
|
* or don't have an associated window.
|
|
*/
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static gint
|
|
gtk_widget_event_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GdkEvent *event)
|
|
{
|
|
gboolean return_val = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* We check only once for is-still-visible; if someone
|
|
* hides the window in on of the signals on the widget,
|
|
* they are responsible for returning TRUE to terminate
|
|
* handling.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!event_window_is_still_viewable (event))
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
g_object_ref (widget);
|
|
|
|
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[EVENT], 0, event, &return_val);
|
|
return_val |= !WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event);
|
|
if (!return_val)
|
|
{
|
|
gint signal_num;
|
|
|
|
switch (event->type)
|
|
{
|
|
case GDK_NOTHING:
|
|
signal_num = -1;
|
|
break;
|
|
case GDK_BUTTON_PRESS:
|
|
case GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS:
|
|
case GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS:
|
|
signal_num = BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT;
|
|
break;
|
|
case GDK_SCROLL:
|
|
signal_num = SCROLL_EVENT;
|
|
break;
|
|
case GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE:
|
|
signal_num = BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT;
|
|
break;
|
|
case GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY:
|
|
signal_num = MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT;
|
|
break;
|
|
case GDK_DELETE:
|
|
signal_num = DELETE_EVENT;
|
|
break;
|
|
case GDK_DESTROY:
|
|
signal_num = DESTROY_EVENT;
|
|
_gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
|
|
break;
|
|
case GDK_KEY_PRESS:
|
|
signal_num = KEY_PRESS_EVENT;
|
|
break;
|
|
case GDK_KEY_RELEASE:
|
|
signal_num = KEY_RELEASE_EVENT;
|
|
break;
|
|
case GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY:
|
|
signal_num = ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT;
|
|
break;
|
|
case GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY:
|
|
signal_num = LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT;
|
|
break;
|
|
case GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE:
|
|
signal_num = event->focus_change.in ? FOCUS_IN_EVENT : FOCUS_OUT_EVENT;
|
|
if (event->focus_change.in)
|
|
_gtk_tooltip_focus_in (widget);
|
|
else
|
|
_gtk_tooltip_focus_out (widget);
|
|
break;
|
|
case GDK_CONFIGURE:
|
|
signal_num = CONFIGURE_EVENT;
|
|
break;
|
|
case GDK_MAP:
|
|
signal_num = MAP_EVENT;
|
|
break;
|
|
case GDK_UNMAP:
|
|
signal_num = UNMAP_EVENT;
|
|
break;
|
|
case GDK_WINDOW_STATE:
|
|
signal_num = WINDOW_STATE_EVENT;
|
|
break;
|
|
case GDK_PROPERTY_NOTIFY:
|
|
signal_num = PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT;
|
|
break;
|
|
case GDK_SELECTION_CLEAR:
|
|
signal_num = SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT;
|
|
break;
|
|
case GDK_SELECTION_REQUEST:
|
|
signal_num = SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT;
|
|
break;
|
|
case GDK_SELECTION_NOTIFY:
|
|
signal_num = SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT;
|
|
break;
|
|
case GDK_PROXIMITY_IN:
|
|
signal_num = PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT;
|
|
break;
|
|
case GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT:
|
|
signal_num = PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT;
|
|
break;
|
|
case GDK_NO_EXPOSE:
|
|
signal_num = NO_EXPOSE_EVENT;
|
|
break;
|
|
case GDK_CLIENT_EVENT:
|
|
signal_num = CLIENT_EVENT;
|
|
break;
|
|
case GDK_EXPOSE:
|
|
signal_num = EXPOSE_EVENT;
|
|
break;
|
|
case GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY:
|
|
signal_num = VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT;
|
|
break;
|
|
case GDK_GRAB_BROKEN:
|
|
signal_num = GRAB_BROKEN;
|
|
break;
|
|
case GDK_DAMAGE:
|
|
signal_num = DAMAGE_EVENT;
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
g_warning ("gtk_widget_event(): unhandled event type: %d", event->type);
|
|
signal_num = -1;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (signal_num != -1)
|
|
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[signal_num], 0, event, &return_val);
|
|
}
|
|
if (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event))
|
|
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[EVENT_AFTER], 0, event);
|
|
else
|
|
return_val = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
g_object_unref (widget);
|
|
|
|
return return_val;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_activate:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget that's activatable
|
|
*
|
|
* For widgets that can be "activated" (buttons, menu items, etc.)
|
|
* this function activates them. Activation is what happens when you
|
|
* press Enter on a widget during key navigation. If @widget isn't
|
|
* activatable, the function returns %FALSE.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: %TRUE if the widget was activatable
|
|
**/
|
|
gboolean
|
|
gtk_widget_activate (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|
|
|
if (WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal)
|
|
{
|
|
/* FIXME: we should eventually check the signals signature here */
|
|
g_signal_emit (widget, WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal, 0);
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_set_scroll_adjustments:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @hadjustment: an adjustment for horizontal scrolling, or %NULL
|
|
* @vadjustment: an adjustment for vertical scrolling, or %NULL
|
|
*
|
|
* For widgets that support scrolling, sets the scroll adjustments and
|
|
* returns %TRUE. For widgets that don't support scrolling, does
|
|
* nothing and returns %FALSE. Widgets that don't support scrolling
|
|
* can be scrolled by placing them in a #GtkViewport, which does
|
|
* support scrolling.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: %TRUE if the widget supports scrolling
|
|
**/
|
|
gboolean
|
|
gtk_widget_set_scroll_adjustments (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkAdjustment *hadjustment,
|
|
GtkAdjustment *vadjustment)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|
if (hadjustment)
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_ADJUSTMENT (hadjustment), FALSE);
|
|
if (vadjustment)
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_ADJUSTMENT (vadjustment), FALSE);
|
|
|
|
if (WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->set_scroll_adjustments_signal)
|
|
{
|
|
/* FIXME: we should eventually check the signals signature here */
|
|
g_signal_emit (widget,
|
|
WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->set_scroll_adjustments_signal, 0,
|
|
hadjustment, vadjustment);
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_reparent_subwindows (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GdkWindow *new_window)
|
|
{
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
|
|
{
|
|
GList *children = gdk_window_get_children (widget->window);
|
|
GList *tmp_list;
|
|
|
|
for (tmp_list = children; tmp_list; tmp_list = tmp_list->next)
|
|
{
|
|
GdkWindow *window = tmp_list->data;
|
|
gpointer child;
|
|
|
|
gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &child);
|
|
while (child && child != widget)
|
|
child = ((GtkWidget*) child)->parent;
|
|
|
|
if (child)
|
|
gdk_window_reparent (window, new_window, 0, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
g_list_free (children);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
GdkWindow *parent;
|
|
GList *tmp_list, *children;
|
|
|
|
parent = gdk_window_get_parent (widget->window);
|
|
|
|
if (parent == NULL)
|
|
gdk_window_reparent (widget->window, new_window, 0, 0);
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
children = gdk_window_get_children (parent);
|
|
|
|
for (tmp_list = children; tmp_list; tmp_list = tmp_list->next)
|
|
{
|
|
GdkWindow *window = tmp_list->data;
|
|
gpointer child;
|
|
|
|
gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &child);
|
|
|
|
if (child == widget)
|
|
gdk_window_reparent (window, new_window, 0, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
g_list_free (children);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
gpointer client_data)
|
|
{
|
|
g_assert (client_data != NULL);
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
|
|
{
|
|
if (widget->window)
|
|
g_object_unref (widget->window);
|
|
widget->window = (GdkWindow*) client_data;
|
|
if (widget->window)
|
|
g_object_ref (widget->window);
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
|
|
gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
|
|
gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child,
|
|
client_data);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_reparent:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @new_parent: a #GtkContainer to move the widget into
|
|
*
|
|
* Moves a widget from one #GtkContainer to another, handling reference
|
|
* count issues to avoid destroying the widget.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_reparent (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkWidget *new_parent)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (new_parent));
|
|
g_return_if_fail (widget->parent != NULL);
|
|
|
|
if (widget->parent != new_parent)
|
|
{
|
|
/* First try to see if we can get away without unrealizing
|
|
* the widget as we reparent it. if so we set a flag so
|
|
* that gtk_widget_unparent doesn't unrealize widget
|
|
*/
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget) && GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (new_parent))
|
|
GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_IN_REPARENT);
|
|
|
|
g_object_ref (widget);
|
|
gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent), widget);
|
|
gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (new_parent), widget);
|
|
g_object_unref (widget);
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_IN_REPARENT (widget))
|
|
{
|
|
GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_IN_REPARENT);
|
|
|
|
gtk_widget_reparent_subwindows (widget, gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget));
|
|
gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child (widget,
|
|
gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_intersect:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @area: a rectangle
|
|
* @intersection: rectangle to store intersection of @widget and @area
|
|
*
|
|
* Computes the intersection of a @widget's area and @area, storing
|
|
* the intersection in @intersection, and returns %TRUE if there was
|
|
* an intersection. @intersection may be %NULL if you're only
|
|
* interested in whether there was an intersection.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: %TRUE if there was an intersection
|
|
**/
|
|
gboolean
|
|
gtk_widget_intersect (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
const GdkRectangle *area,
|
|
GdkRectangle *intersection)
|
|
{
|
|
GdkRectangle *dest;
|
|
GdkRectangle tmp;
|
|
gint return_val;
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (area != NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
|
if (intersection)
|
|
dest = intersection;
|
|
else
|
|
dest = &tmp;
|
|
|
|
return_val = gdk_rectangle_intersect (&widget->allocation, area, dest);
|
|
|
|
if (return_val && intersection && !GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
|
|
{
|
|
intersection->x -= widget->allocation.x;
|
|
intersection->y -= widget->allocation.y;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return return_val;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_region_intersect:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @region: a #GdkRegion, in the same coordinate system as
|
|
* @widget->allocation. That is, relative to @widget->window
|
|
* for %NO_WINDOW widgets; relative to the parent window
|
|
* of @widget->window for widgets with their own window.
|
|
* @returns: A newly allocated region holding the intersection of @widget
|
|
* and @region. The coordinates of the return value are
|
|
* relative to @widget->window for %NO_WINDOW widgets, and
|
|
* relative to the parent window of @widget->window for
|
|
* widgets with their own window.
|
|
*
|
|
* Computes the intersection of a @widget's area and @region, returning
|
|
* the intersection. The result may be empty, use gdk_region_empty() to
|
|
* check.
|
|
**/
|
|
GdkRegion *
|
|
gtk_widget_region_intersect (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
const GdkRegion *region)
|
|
{
|
|
GdkRectangle rect;
|
|
GdkRegion *dest;
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (region != NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
|
gtk_widget_get_draw_rectangle (widget, &rect);
|
|
|
|
dest = gdk_region_rectangle (&rect);
|
|
|
|
gdk_region_intersect (dest, region);
|
|
|
|
return dest;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* _gtk_widget_grab_notify:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @was_grabbed: whether a grab is now in effect
|
|
*
|
|
* Emits the #GtkWidget::grab-notify signal on @widget.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.6
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
_gtk_widget_grab_notify (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
gboolean was_grabbed)
|
|
{
|
|
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[GRAB_NOTIFY], 0, was_grabbed);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_grab_focus:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Causes @widget to have the keyboard focus for the #GtkWindow it's
|
|
* inside. @widget must be a focusable widget, such as a #GtkEntry;
|
|
* something like #GtkFrame won't work. (More precisely, it must have the
|
|
* %GTK_CAN_FOCUS flag set.)
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_grab_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
if (!GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
g_object_ref (widget);
|
|
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[GRAB_FOCUS], 0);
|
|
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-focus");
|
|
g_object_unref (widget);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
reset_focus_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
gpointer data)
|
|
{
|
|
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
|
|
{
|
|
GtkContainer *container;
|
|
|
|
container = GTK_CONTAINER (widget);
|
|
gtk_container_set_focus_child (container, NULL);
|
|
|
|
gtk_container_foreach (container,
|
|
reset_focus_recurse,
|
|
NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_real_grab_focus (GtkWidget *focus_widget)
|
|
{
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_CAN_FOCUS (focus_widget))
|
|
{
|
|
GtkWidget *toplevel;
|
|
GtkWidget *widget;
|
|
|
|
/* clear the current focus setting, break if the current widget
|
|
* is the focus widget's parent, since containers above that will
|
|
* be set by the next loop.
|
|
*/
|
|
toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (focus_widget);
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (toplevel))
|
|
{
|
|
widget = GTK_WINDOW (toplevel)->focus_widget;
|
|
|
|
if (widget == focus_widget)
|
|
{
|
|
/* We call _gtk_window_internal_set_focus() here so that the
|
|
* toplevel window can request the focus if necessary.
|
|
* This is needed when the toplevel is a GtkPlug
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!GTK_WIDGET_HAS_FOCUS (widget))
|
|
_gtk_window_internal_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), focus_widget);
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (widget)
|
|
{
|
|
while (widget->parent && widget->parent != focus_widget->parent)
|
|
{
|
|
widget = widget->parent;
|
|
gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (toplevel != focus_widget)
|
|
{
|
|
/* gtk_widget_grab_focus() operates on a tree without window...
|
|
* actually, this is very questionable behaviour.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
gtk_container_foreach (GTK_CONTAINER (toplevel),
|
|
reset_focus_recurse,
|
|
NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* now propagate the new focus up the widget tree and finally
|
|
* set it on the window
|
|
*/
|
|
widget = focus_widget;
|
|
while (widget->parent)
|
|
{
|
|
gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent), widget);
|
|
widget = widget->parent;
|
|
}
|
|
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget))
|
|
_gtk_window_internal_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (widget), focus_widget);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static gboolean
|
|
gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
gint x,
|
|
gint y,
|
|
gboolean keyboard_tip,
|
|
GtkTooltip *tooltip)
|
|
{
|
|
gchar *tooltip_markup;
|
|
gboolean has_tooltip;
|
|
|
|
tooltip_markup = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_markup);
|
|
has_tooltip = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_has_tooltip));
|
|
|
|
if (has_tooltip && tooltip_markup)
|
|
{
|
|
gtk_tooltip_set_markup (tooltip, tooltip_markup);
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static gboolean
|
|
gtk_widget_real_show_help (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkWidgetHelpType help_type)
|
|
{
|
|
if (help_type == GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP)
|
|
{
|
|
_gtk_tooltip_toggle_keyboard_mode (widget);
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static gboolean
|
|
gtk_widget_real_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkDirectionType direction)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!GTK_WIDGET_CAN_FOCUS (widget))
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if (!gtk_widget_is_focus (widget))
|
|
{
|
|
gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_real_move_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkDirectionType direction)
|
|
{
|
|
GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel) &&
|
|
GTK_WINDOW_GET_CLASS (toplevel)->move_focus)
|
|
{
|
|
GTK_WINDOW_GET_CLASS (toplevel)->move_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel),
|
|
direction);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static gboolean
|
|
gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkDirectionType direction)
|
|
{
|
|
gboolean cursor_only;
|
|
|
|
switch (direction)
|
|
{
|
|
case GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD:
|
|
case GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD:
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
case GTK_DIR_UP:
|
|
case GTK_DIR_DOWN:
|
|
case GTK_DIR_LEFT:
|
|
case GTK_DIR_RIGHT:
|
|
g_object_get (gtk_widget_get_settings (widget),
|
|
"gtk-keynav-cursor-only", &cursor_only,
|
|
NULL);
|
|
if (cursor_only)
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
gtk_widget_error_bell (widget);
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_is_focus:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Determines if the widget is the focus widget within its
|
|
* toplevel. (This does not mean that the %HAS_FOCUS flag is
|
|
* necessarily set; %HAS_FOCUS will only be set if the
|
|
* toplevel widget additionally has the global input focus.)
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: %TRUE if the widget is the focus widget.
|
|
**/
|
|
gboolean
|
|
gtk_widget_is_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
GtkWidget *toplevel;
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|
|
|
toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
|
|
return widget == GTK_WINDOW (toplevel)->focus_widget;
|
|
else
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_grab_default:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Causes @widget to become the default widget. @widget must have the
|
|
* %GTK_CAN_DEFAULT flag set; typically you have to set this flag
|
|
* yourself by calling <literal>GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (@widget,
|
|
* GTK_CAN_DEFAULT)</literal>. The default widget is activated when
|
|
* the user presses Enter in a window. Default widgets must be
|
|
* activatable, that is, gtk_widget_activate() should affect them.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_grab_default (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
GtkWidget *window;
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_CAN_DEFAULT (widget));
|
|
|
|
window = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
|
|
|
|
if (window && GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (window))
|
|
gtk_window_set_default (GTK_WINDOW (window), widget);
|
|
else
|
|
g_warning (G_STRLOC ": widget not within a GtkWindow");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_set_name:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @name: name for the widget
|
|
*
|
|
* Widgets can be named, which allows you to refer to them from a
|
|
* gtkrc file. You can apply a style to widgets with a particular name
|
|
* in the gtkrc file. See the documentation for gtkrc files (on the
|
|
* same page as the docs for #GtkRcStyle).
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that widget names are separated by periods in paths (see
|
|
* gtk_widget_path()), so names with embedded periods may cause confusion.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_set_name (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
const gchar *name)
|
|
{
|
|
gchar *new_name;
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
new_name = g_strdup (name);
|
|
g_free (widget->name);
|
|
widget->name = new_name;
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_RC_STYLE (widget))
|
|
gtk_widget_reset_rc_style (widget);
|
|
|
|
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "name");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_get_name:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Retrieves the name of a widget. See gtk_widget_set_name() for the
|
|
* significance of widget names.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: name of the widget. This string is owned by GTK+ and
|
|
* should not be modified or freed
|
|
**/
|
|
G_CONST_RETURN gchar*
|
|
gtk_widget_get_name (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|
|
|
if (widget->name)
|
|
return widget->name;
|
|
return g_type_name (GTK_WIDGET_TYPE (widget));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_set_state:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @state: new state for @widget
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is for use in widget implementations. Sets the state
|
|
* of a widget (insensitive, prelighted, etc.) Usually you should set
|
|
* the state using wrapper functions such as gtk_widget_set_sensitive().
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_set_state (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkStateType state)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
if (state == GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if (state == GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE)
|
|
gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, FALSE);
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
GtkStateData data;
|
|
|
|
data.state = state;
|
|
data.state_restoration = FALSE;
|
|
data.use_forall = FALSE;
|
|
if (widget->parent)
|
|
data.parent_sensitive = (GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget->parent) != FALSE);
|
|
else
|
|
data.parent_sensitive = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE (widget))
|
|
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_set_app_paintable:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @app_paintable: %TRUE if the application will paint on the widget
|
|
*
|
|
* Sets whether the application intends to draw on the widget in
|
|
* an #GtkWidget::expose-event handler.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is a hint to the widget and does not affect the behavior of
|
|
* the GTK+ core; many widgets ignore this flag entirely. For widgets
|
|
* that do pay attention to the flag, such as #GtkEventBox and #GtkWindow,
|
|
* the effect is to suppress default themed drawing of the widget's
|
|
* background. (Children of the widget will still be drawn.) The application
|
|
* is then entirely responsible for drawing the widget background.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that the background is still drawn when the widget is mapped.
|
|
* If this is not suitable (e.g. because you want to make a transparent
|
|
* window using an RGBA visual), you can work around this by doing:
|
|
* |[
|
|
* gtk_widget_realize (window);
|
|
* gdk_window_set_back_pixmap (window->window, NULL, FALSE);
|
|
* gtk_widget_show (window);
|
|
* ]|
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_set_app_paintable (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
gboolean app_paintable)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
app_paintable = (app_paintable != FALSE);
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_APP_PAINTABLE (widget) != app_paintable)
|
|
{
|
|
if (app_paintable)
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_APP_PAINTABLE);
|
|
else
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_APP_PAINTABLE);
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE (widget))
|
|
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
|
|
|
|
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "app-paintable");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_set_double_buffered:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @double_buffered: %TRUE to double-buffer a widget
|
|
*
|
|
* Widgets are double buffered by default; you can use this function
|
|
* to turn off the buffering. "Double buffered" simply means that
|
|
* gdk_window_begin_paint_region() and gdk_window_end_paint() are called
|
|
* automatically around expose events sent to the
|
|
* widget. gdk_window_begin_paint() diverts all drawing to a widget's
|
|
* window to an offscreen buffer, and gdk_window_end_paint() draws the
|
|
* buffer to the screen. The result is that users see the window
|
|
* update in one smooth step, and don't see individual graphics
|
|
* primitives being rendered.
|
|
*
|
|
* In very simple terms, double buffered widgets don't flicker,
|
|
* so you would only use this function to turn off double buffering
|
|
* if you had special needs and really knew what you were doing.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: if you turn off double-buffering, you have to handle
|
|
* expose events, since even the clearing to the background color or
|
|
* pixmap will not happen automatically (as it is done in
|
|
* gdk_window_begin_paint()).
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_set_double_buffered (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
gboolean double_buffered)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
if (double_buffered)
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_DOUBLE_BUFFERED);
|
|
else
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_DOUBLE_BUFFERED);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_set_redraw_on_allocate:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @redraw_on_allocate: if %TRUE, the entire widget will be redrawn
|
|
* when it is allocated to a new size. Otherwise, only the
|
|
* new portion of the widget will be redrawn.
|
|
*
|
|
* Sets whether the entire widget is queued for drawing when its size
|
|
* allocation changes. By default, this setting is %TRUE and
|
|
* the entire widget is redrawn on every size change. If your widget
|
|
* leaves the upper left unchanged when made bigger, turning this
|
|
* setting off will improve performance.
|
|
|
|
* Note that for %NO_WINDOW widgets setting this flag to %FALSE turns
|
|
* off all allocation on resizing: the widget will not even redraw if
|
|
* its position changes; this is to allow containers that don't draw
|
|
* anything to avoid excess invalidations. If you set this flag on a
|
|
* %NO_WINDOW widget that <emphasis>does</emphasis> draw on @widget->window,
|
|
* you are responsible for invalidating both the old and new allocation
|
|
* of the widget when the widget is moved and responsible for invalidating
|
|
* regions newly when the widget increases size.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_set_redraw_on_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
gboolean redraw_on_allocate)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
if (redraw_on_allocate)
|
|
GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_REDRAW_ON_ALLOC);
|
|
else
|
|
GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_REDRAW_ON_ALLOC);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_set_sensitive:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @sensitive: %TRUE to make the widget sensitive
|
|
*
|
|
* Sets the sensitivity of a widget. A widget is sensitive if the user
|
|
* can interact with it. Insensitive widgets are "grayed out" and the
|
|
* user can't interact with them. Insensitive widgets are known as
|
|
* "inactive", "disabled", or "ghosted" in some other toolkits.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_set_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
gboolean sensitive)
|
|
{
|
|
GtkStateData data;
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
sensitive = (sensitive != FALSE);
|
|
|
|
if (sensitive == (GTK_WIDGET_SENSITIVE (widget) != FALSE))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if (sensitive)
|
|
{
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_SENSITIVE);
|
|
data.state = GTK_WIDGET_SAVED_STATE (widget);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_SENSITIVE);
|
|
data.state = GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget);
|
|
}
|
|
data.state_restoration = TRUE;
|
|
data.use_forall = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if (widget->parent)
|
|
data.parent_sensitive = (GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget->parent) != FALSE);
|
|
else
|
|
data.parent_sensitive = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE (widget))
|
|
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
|
|
|
|
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "sensitive");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_set_parent:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @parent: parent container
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is useful only when implementing subclasses of
|
|
* #GtkContainer.
|
|
* Sets the container as the parent of @widget, and takes care of
|
|
* some details such as updating the state and style of the child
|
|
* to reflect its new location. The opposite function is
|
|
* gtk_widget_unparent().
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_set_parent (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkWidget *parent)
|
|
{
|
|
GtkStateData data;
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (parent));
|
|
g_return_if_fail (widget != parent);
|
|
if (widget->parent != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
g_warning ("Can't set a parent on widget which has a parent\n");
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget))
|
|
{
|
|
g_warning ("Can't set a parent on a toplevel widget\n");
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* keep this function in sync with gtk_menu_attach_to_widget()
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
g_object_ref_sink (widget);
|
|
widget->parent = parent;
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_STATE (parent) != GTK_STATE_NORMAL)
|
|
data.state = GTK_WIDGET_STATE (parent);
|
|
else
|
|
data.state = GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget);
|
|
data.state_restoration = FALSE;
|
|
data.parent_sensitive = (GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (parent) != FALSE);
|
|
data.use_forall = GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (parent) != GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget);
|
|
|
|
gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
|
|
|
|
gtk_widget_reset_rc_styles (widget);
|
|
|
|
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[PARENT_SET], 0, NULL);
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_ANCHORED (widget->parent))
|
|
_gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (widget, NULL);
|
|
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
|
|
|
|
/* Enforce realized/mapped invariants
|
|
*/
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget->parent))
|
|
gtk_widget_realize (widget);
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget->parent) &&
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
|
|
{
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_CHILD_VISIBLE (widget) &&
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget->parent))
|
|
gtk_widget_map (widget);
|
|
|
|
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_get_parent:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns the parent container of @widget.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: the parent container of @widget, or %NULL
|
|
**/
|
|
GtkWidget *
|
|
gtk_widget_get_parent (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|
|
|
return widget->parent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*****************************************
|
|
* Widget styles
|
|
* see docs/styles.txt
|
|
*****************************************/
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_set_style:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @style: a #GtkStyle, or %NULL to remove the effect of a previous
|
|
* gtk_widget_set_style() and go back to the default style
|
|
*
|
|
* Sets the #GtkStyle for a widget (@widget->style). You probably don't
|
|
* want to use this function; it interacts badly with themes, because
|
|
* themes work by replacing the #GtkStyle. Instead, use
|
|
* gtk_widget_modify_style().
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_set_style (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkStyle *style)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
if (style)
|
|
{
|
|
gboolean initial_emission;
|
|
|
|
initial_emission = !GTK_WIDGET_RC_STYLE (widget) && !GTK_WIDGET_USER_STYLE (widget);
|
|
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_RC_STYLE);
|
|
GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_USER_STYLE);
|
|
|
|
gtk_widget_set_style_internal (widget, style, initial_emission);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_USER_STYLE (widget))
|
|
gtk_widget_reset_rc_style (widget);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_ensure_style:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Ensures that @widget has a style (@widget->style). Not a very useful
|
|
* function; most of the time, if you want the style, the widget is
|
|
* realized, and realized widgets are guaranteed to have a style
|
|
* already.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_ensure_style (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
if (!GTK_WIDGET_USER_STYLE (widget) &&
|
|
!GTK_WIDGET_RC_STYLE (widget))
|
|
gtk_widget_reset_rc_style (widget);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Look up the RC style for this widget, unsetting any user style that
|
|
* may be in effect currently
|
|
**/
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_reset_rc_style (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
GtkStyle *new_style = NULL;
|
|
gboolean initial_emission;
|
|
|
|
initial_emission = !GTK_WIDGET_RC_STYLE (widget) && !GTK_WIDGET_USER_STYLE (widget);
|
|
|
|
GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_USER_STYLE);
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_RC_STYLE);
|
|
|
|
if (gtk_widget_has_screen (widget))
|
|
new_style = gtk_rc_get_style (widget);
|
|
if (!new_style)
|
|
new_style = gtk_widget_get_default_style ();
|
|
|
|
if (initial_emission || new_style != widget->style)
|
|
gtk_widget_set_style_internal (widget, new_style, initial_emission);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_get_style:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Simply an accessor function that returns @widget->style.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: the widget's #GtkStyle
|
|
**/
|
|
GtkStyle*
|
|
gtk_widget_get_style (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|
|
|
return widget->style;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_modify_style:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @style: the #GtkRcStyle holding the style modifications
|
|
*
|
|
* Modifies style values on the widget. Modifications made using this
|
|
* technique take precedence over style values set via an RC file,
|
|
* however, they will be overriden if a style is explicitely set on
|
|
* the widget using gtk_widget_set_style(). The #GtkRcStyle structure
|
|
* is designed so each field can either be set or unset, so it is
|
|
* possible, using this function, to modify some style values and
|
|
* leave the others unchanged.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that modifications made with this function are not cumulative
|
|
* with previous calls to gtk_widget_modify_style() or with such
|
|
* functions as gtk_widget_modify_fg(). If you wish to retain
|
|
* previous values, you must first call gtk_widget_get_modifier_style(),
|
|
* make your modifications to the returned style, then call
|
|
* gtk_widget_modify_style() with that style. On the other hand,
|
|
* if you first call gtk_widget_modify_style(), subsequent calls
|
|
* to such functions gtk_widget_modify_fg() will have a cumulative
|
|
* effect with the initial modifications.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_modify_style (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkRcStyle *style)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_RC_STYLE (style));
|
|
|
|
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
|
|
quark_rc_style,
|
|
gtk_rc_style_copy (style),
|
|
(GDestroyNotify) g_object_unref);
|
|
|
|
/* note that "style" may be invalid here if it was the old
|
|
* modifier style and the only reference was our own.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_RC_STYLE (widget))
|
|
gtk_widget_reset_rc_style (widget);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_get_modifier_style:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns the current modifier style for the widget. (As set by
|
|
* gtk_widget_modify_style().) If no style has previously set, a new
|
|
* #GtkRcStyle will be created with all values unset, and set as the
|
|
* modifier style for the widget. If you make changes to this rc
|
|
* style, you must call gtk_widget_modify_style(), passing in the
|
|
* returned rc style, to make sure that your changes take effect.
|
|
*
|
|
* Caution: passing the style back to gtk_widget_modify_style() will
|
|
* normally end up destroying it, because gtk_widget_modify_style() copies
|
|
* the passed-in style and sets the copy as the new modifier style,
|
|
* thus dropping any reference to the old modifier style. Add a reference
|
|
* to the modifier style if you want to keep it alive.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: the modifier style for the widget. This rc style is
|
|
* owned by the widget. If you want to keep a pointer to value this
|
|
* around, you must add a refcount using g_object_ref().
|
|
**/
|
|
GtkRcStyle *
|
|
gtk_widget_get_modifier_style (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
GtkRcStyle *rc_style;
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|
|
|
rc_style = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_rc_style);
|
|
|
|
if (!rc_style)
|
|
{
|
|
rc_style = gtk_rc_style_new ();
|
|
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
|
|
quark_rc_style,
|
|
rc_style,
|
|
(GDestroyNotify) g_object_unref);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return rc_style;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_modify_color_component (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkRcFlags component,
|
|
GtkStateType state,
|
|
const GdkColor *color)
|
|
{
|
|
GtkRcStyle *rc_style = gtk_widget_get_modifier_style (widget);
|
|
|
|
if (color)
|
|
{
|
|
switch (component)
|
|
{
|
|
case GTK_RC_FG:
|
|
rc_style->fg[state] = *color;
|
|
break;
|
|
case GTK_RC_BG:
|
|
rc_style->bg[state] = *color;
|
|
break;
|
|
case GTK_RC_TEXT:
|
|
rc_style->text[state] = *color;
|
|
break;
|
|
case GTK_RC_BASE:
|
|
rc_style->base[state] = *color;
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
g_assert_not_reached();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
rc_style->color_flags[state] |= component;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
rc_style->color_flags[state] &= ~component;
|
|
|
|
gtk_widget_modify_style (widget, rc_style);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_modify_fg:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @state: the state for which to set the foreground color
|
|
* @color: the color to assign (does not need to be allocated),
|
|
* or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
|
|
* of gtk_widget_modify_fg().
|
|
*
|
|
* Sets the foreground color for a widget in a particular state.
|
|
* All other style values are left untouched. See also
|
|
* gtk_widget_modify_style().
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_modify_fg (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkStateType state,
|
|
const GdkColor *color)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
g_return_if_fail (state >= GTK_STATE_NORMAL && state <= GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE);
|
|
|
|
gtk_widget_modify_color_component (widget, GTK_RC_FG, state, color);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_modify_bg:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @state: the state for which to set the background color
|
|
* @color: the color to assign (does not need to be allocated),
|
|
* or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
|
|
* of gtk_widget_modify_bg().
|
|
*
|
|
* Sets the background color for a widget in a particular state.
|
|
* All other style values are left untouched. See also
|
|
* gtk_widget_modify_style().
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that "no window" widgets (which have the %GTK_NO_WINDOW flag set)
|
|
* draw on their parent container's window and thus may not draw any
|
|
* background themselves. This is the case for e.g. #GtkLabel. To modify
|
|
* the background of such widgets, you have to set the background color
|
|
* on their parent; if you want to set the background of a rectangular
|
|
* area around a label, try placing the label in a #GtkEventBox widget
|
|
* and setting the background color on that.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_modify_bg (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkStateType state,
|
|
const GdkColor *color)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
g_return_if_fail (state >= GTK_STATE_NORMAL && state <= GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE);
|
|
|
|
gtk_widget_modify_color_component (widget, GTK_RC_BG, state, color);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_modify_text:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @state: the state for which to set the text color
|
|
* @color: the color to assign (does not need to be allocated),
|
|
* or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
|
|
* of gtk_widget_modify_text().
|
|
*
|
|
* Sets the text color for a widget in a particular state. All other
|
|
* style values are left untouched. The text color is the foreground
|
|
* color used along with the base color (see gtk_widget_modify_base())
|
|
* for widgets such as #GtkEntry and #GtkTextView. See also
|
|
* gtk_widget_modify_style().
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_modify_text (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkStateType state,
|
|
const GdkColor *color)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
g_return_if_fail (state >= GTK_STATE_NORMAL && state <= GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE);
|
|
|
|
gtk_widget_modify_color_component (widget, GTK_RC_TEXT, state, color);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_modify_base:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @state: the state for which to set the base color
|
|
* @color: the color to assign (does not need to be allocated),
|
|
* or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
|
|
* of gtk_widget_modify_base().
|
|
*
|
|
* Sets the base color for a widget in a particular state.
|
|
* All other style values are left untouched. The base color
|
|
* is the background color used along with the text color
|
|
* (see gtk_widget_modify_text()) for widgets such as #GtkEntry
|
|
* and #GtkTextView. See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that "no window" widgets (which have the %GTK_NO_WINDOW flag set)
|
|
* draw on their parent container's window and thus may not draw any
|
|
* background themselves. This is the case for e.g. #GtkLabel. To modify
|
|
* the background of such widgets, you have to set the base color on their
|
|
* parent; if you want to set the background of a rectangular area around
|
|
* a label, try placing the label in a #GtkEventBox widget and setting
|
|
* the base color on that.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_modify_base (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkStateType state,
|
|
const GdkColor *color)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
g_return_if_fail (state >= GTK_STATE_NORMAL && state <= GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE);
|
|
|
|
gtk_widget_modify_color_component (widget, GTK_RC_BASE, state, color);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
modify_color_property (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkRcStyle *rc_style,
|
|
const char *name,
|
|
const GdkColor *color)
|
|
{
|
|
GQuark type_name = g_type_qname (G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget));
|
|
GQuark property_name = g_quark_from_string (name);
|
|
|
|
if (color)
|
|
{
|
|
GtkRcProperty rc_property = {0};
|
|
char *color_name;
|
|
|
|
rc_property.type_name = type_name;
|
|
rc_property.property_name = property_name;
|
|
rc_property.origin = NULL;
|
|
|
|
color_name = gdk_color_to_string (color);
|
|
g_value_init (&rc_property.value, G_TYPE_STRING);
|
|
g_value_take_string (&rc_property.value, color_name);
|
|
|
|
_gtk_rc_style_set_rc_property (rc_style, &rc_property);
|
|
|
|
g_value_unset (&rc_property.value);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
_gtk_rc_style_unset_rc_property (rc_style, type_name, property_name);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_modify_cursor:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @primary: the color to use for primary cursor (does not need to be
|
|
* allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
|
|
* of gtk_widget_modify_cursor().
|
|
* @secondary: the color to use for secondary cursor (does not need to be
|
|
* allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
|
|
* of gtk_widget_modify_cursor().
|
|
*
|
|
* Sets the cursor color to use in a widget, overriding the
|
|
* #GtkWidget:cursor-color and #GtkWidget:secondary-cursor-color
|
|
* style properties. All other style values are left untouched.
|
|
* See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.12
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_modify_cursor (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
const GdkColor *primary,
|
|
const GdkColor *secondary)
|
|
{
|
|
GtkRcStyle *rc_style;
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
rc_style = gtk_widget_get_modifier_style (widget);
|
|
|
|
modify_color_property (widget, rc_style, "cursor-color", primary);
|
|
modify_color_property (widget, rc_style, "secondary-cursor-color", secondary);
|
|
|
|
gtk_widget_modify_style (widget, rc_style);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_modify_font:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @font_desc: the font description to use, or %NULL to undo
|
|
* the effect of previous calls to gtk_widget_modify_font().
|
|
*
|
|
* Sets the font to use for a widget. All other style values are left
|
|
* untouched. See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_modify_font (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
PangoFontDescription *font_desc)
|
|
{
|
|
GtkRcStyle *rc_style;
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
rc_style = gtk_widget_get_modifier_style (widget);
|
|
|
|
if (rc_style->font_desc)
|
|
pango_font_description_free (rc_style->font_desc);
|
|
|
|
if (font_desc)
|
|
rc_style->font_desc = pango_font_description_copy (font_desc);
|
|
else
|
|
rc_style->font_desc = NULL;
|
|
|
|
gtk_widget_modify_style (widget, rc_style);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_direction_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkTextDirection previous_direction)
|
|
{
|
|
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_style_set (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkStyle *previous_style)
|
|
{
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget) &&
|
|
!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
|
|
gtk_style_set_background (widget->style, widget->window, widget->state);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_set_style_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkStyle *style,
|
|
gboolean initial_emission)
|
|
{
|
|
g_object_ref (widget);
|
|
g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
|
|
|
|
if (widget->style != style)
|
|
{
|
|
GtkStyle *previous_style;
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
|
|
{
|
|
gtk_widget_reset_shapes (widget);
|
|
gtk_style_detach (widget->style);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
previous_style = widget->style;
|
|
widget->style = style;
|
|
g_object_ref (widget->style);
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
|
|
widget->style = gtk_style_attach (widget->style, widget->window);
|
|
|
|
gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
|
|
g_signal_emit (widget,
|
|
widget_signals[STYLE_SET],
|
|
0,
|
|
initial_emission ? NULL : previous_style);
|
|
g_object_unref (previous_style);
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_ANCHORED (widget) && !initial_emission)
|
|
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (initial_emission)
|
|
{
|
|
gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
|
|
g_signal_emit (widget,
|
|
widget_signals[STYLE_SET],
|
|
0,
|
|
NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "style");
|
|
g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
|
|
g_object_unref (widget);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
typedef struct {
|
|
GtkWidget *previous_toplevel;
|
|
GdkScreen *previous_screen;
|
|
GdkScreen *new_screen;
|
|
} HierarchyChangedInfo;
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
do_screen_change (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GdkScreen *old_screen,
|
|
GdkScreen *new_screen)
|
|
{
|
|
if (old_screen != new_screen)
|
|
{
|
|
if (old_screen)
|
|
{
|
|
PangoContext *context = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
|
|
if (context)
|
|
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context, NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
_gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
|
|
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SCREEN_CHANGED], 0, old_screen);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
gpointer client_data)
|
|
{
|
|
HierarchyChangedInfo *info = client_data;
|
|
gboolean new_anchored = GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget) ||
|
|
(widget->parent && GTK_WIDGET_ANCHORED (widget->parent));
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_ANCHORED (widget) != new_anchored)
|
|
{
|
|
g_object_ref (widget);
|
|
|
|
if (new_anchored)
|
|
GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_ANCHORED);
|
|
else
|
|
GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_ANCHORED);
|
|
|
|
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[HIERARCHY_CHANGED], 0, info->previous_toplevel);
|
|
do_screen_change (widget, info->previous_screen, info->new_screen);
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
|
|
gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
|
|
gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse,
|
|
client_data);
|
|
|
|
g_object_unref (widget);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @previous_toplevel: Previous toplevel
|
|
*
|
|
* Propagates changes in the anchored state to a widget and all
|
|
* children, unsetting or setting the %ANCHORED flag, and
|
|
* emitting #GtkWidget::hierarchy-changed.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
_gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkWidget *previous_toplevel)
|
|
{
|
|
HierarchyChangedInfo info;
|
|
|
|
info.previous_toplevel = previous_toplevel;
|
|
info.previous_screen = previous_toplevel ? gtk_widget_get_screen (previous_toplevel) : NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget) ||
|
|
(widget->parent && GTK_WIDGET_ANCHORED (widget->parent)))
|
|
info.new_screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
|
|
else
|
|
info.new_screen = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (info.previous_screen)
|
|
g_object_ref (info.previous_screen);
|
|
if (previous_toplevel)
|
|
g_object_ref (previous_toplevel);
|
|
|
|
gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse (widget, &info);
|
|
|
|
if (previous_toplevel)
|
|
g_object_unref (previous_toplevel);
|
|
if (info.previous_screen)
|
|
g_object_unref (info.previous_screen);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
gpointer client_data)
|
|
{
|
|
HierarchyChangedInfo *info = client_data;
|
|
|
|
g_object_ref (widget);
|
|
|
|
do_screen_change (widget, info->previous_screen, info->new_screen);
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
|
|
gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
|
|
gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse,
|
|
client_data);
|
|
|
|
g_object_unref (widget);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_is_composited:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Whether @widget can rely on having its alpha channel
|
|
* drawn correctly. On X11 this function returns whether a
|
|
* compositing manager is running for @widget's screen.
|
|
*
|
|
* Please note that the semantics of this call will change
|
|
* in the future if used on a widget that has a composited
|
|
* window in its heirarchy (as set by
|
|
* gdk_window_set_composited()).
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: %TRUE if the widget can rely on its alpha
|
|
* channel being drawn correctly.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.10
|
|
*/
|
|
gboolean
|
|
gtk_widget_is_composited (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
GdkScreen *screen;
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|
|
|
screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
|
|
|
|
return gdk_screen_is_composited (screen);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
propagate_composited_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
gpointer dummy)
|
|
{
|
|
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
|
|
{
|
|
gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
|
|
propagate_composited_changed,
|
|
NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[COMPOSITED_CHANGED], 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
_gtk_widget_propagate_composited_changed (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
propagate_composited_changed (widget, NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* _gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @previous_screen: Previous screen
|
|
*
|
|
* Propagates changes in the screen for a widget to all
|
|
* children, emitting #GtkWidget::screen-changed.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
_gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GdkScreen *previous_screen)
|
|
{
|
|
HierarchyChangedInfo info;
|
|
|
|
info.previous_screen = previous_screen;
|
|
info.new_screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
|
|
|
|
if (previous_screen)
|
|
g_object_ref (previous_screen);
|
|
|
|
gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse (widget, &info);
|
|
|
|
if (previous_screen)
|
|
g_object_unref (previous_screen);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
reset_rc_styles_recurse (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
|
|
{
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_RC_STYLE (widget))
|
|
gtk_widget_reset_rc_style (widget);
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
|
|
gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
|
|
reset_rc_styles_recurse,
|
|
NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_reset_rc_styles (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
reset_rc_styles_recurse (widget, NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_get_default_style:
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns the default style used by all widgets initially.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns: the default style. This #GtkStyle object is owned
|
|
* by GTK+ and should not be modified or freed.
|
|
*/
|
|
GtkStyle*
|
|
gtk_widget_get_default_style (void)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!gtk_default_style)
|
|
{
|
|
gtk_default_style = gtk_style_new ();
|
|
g_object_ref (gtk_default_style);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return gtk_default_style;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static PangoContext *
|
|
gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_get_pango_context:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Gets a #PangoContext with the appropriate font map, font description,
|
|
* and base direction for this widget. Unlike the context returned
|
|
* by gtk_widget_create_pango_context(), this context is owned by
|
|
* the widget (it can be used until the screen for the widget changes
|
|
* or the widget is removed from its toplevel), and will be updated to
|
|
* match any changes to the widget's attributes.
|
|
*
|
|
* If you create and keep a #PangoLayout using this context, you must
|
|
* deal with changes to the context by calling pango_layout_context_changed()
|
|
* on the layout in response to the #GtkWidget::style-set and
|
|
* #GtkWidget::direction-changed signals for the widget.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: the #PangoContext for the widget.
|
|
**/
|
|
PangoContext *
|
|
gtk_widget_get_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
PangoContext *context;
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|
|
|
context = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
|
|
if (!context)
|
|
{
|
|
context = gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GTK_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
|
|
quark_pango_context,
|
|
context,
|
|
g_object_unref);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return context;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
PangoContext *context)
|
|
{
|
|
pango_context_set_font_description (context, widget->style->font_desc);
|
|
pango_context_set_base_dir (context,
|
|
gtk_widget_get_direction (widget) == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR ?
|
|
PANGO_DIRECTION_LTR : PANGO_DIRECTION_RTL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
PangoContext *context = gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (widget);
|
|
|
|
if (context)
|
|
{
|
|
GdkScreen *screen;
|
|
|
|
update_pango_context (widget, context);
|
|
|
|
screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
|
|
if (screen)
|
|
{
|
|
pango_cairo_context_set_resolution (context,
|
|
gdk_screen_get_resolution (screen));
|
|
pango_cairo_context_set_font_options (context,
|
|
gdk_screen_get_font_options (screen));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_create_pango_context:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Creates a new #PangoContext with the appropriate font map,
|
|
* font description, and base direction for drawing text for
|
|
* this widget. See also gtk_widget_get_pango_context().
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: the new #PangoContext
|
|
**/
|
|
PangoContext *
|
|
gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
GdkScreen *screen;
|
|
PangoContext *context;
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|
|
|
screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
|
|
if (!screen)
|
|
{
|
|
GTK_NOTE (MULTIHEAD,
|
|
g_warning ("gtk_widget_create_pango_context ()) called without screen"));
|
|
|
|
screen = gdk_screen_get_default ();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
context = gdk_pango_context_get_for_screen (screen);
|
|
|
|
update_pango_context (widget, context);
|
|
pango_context_set_language (context, gtk_get_default_language ());
|
|
|
|
return context;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_create_pango_layout:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @text: text to set on the layout (can be %NULL)
|
|
*
|
|
* Creates a new #PangoLayout with the appropriate font map,
|
|
* font description, and base direction for drawing text for
|
|
* this widget.
|
|
*
|
|
* If you keep a #PangoLayout created in this way around, in order to
|
|
* notify the layout of changes to the base direction or font of this
|
|
* widget, you must call pango_layout_context_changed() in response to
|
|
* the #GtkWidget::style-set and #GtkWidget::direction-changed signals
|
|
* for the widget.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: the new #PangoLayout
|
|
**/
|
|
PangoLayout *
|
|
gtk_widget_create_pango_layout (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
const gchar *text)
|
|
{
|
|
PangoLayout *layout;
|
|
PangoContext *context;
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|
|
|
context = gtk_widget_get_pango_context (widget);
|
|
layout = pango_layout_new (context);
|
|
|
|
if (text)
|
|
pango_layout_set_text (layout, text, -1);
|
|
|
|
return layout;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_render_icon:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @stock_id: a stock ID
|
|
* @size: a stock size. A size of (GtkIconSize)-1 means render at
|
|
* the size of the source and don't scale (if there are multiple
|
|
* source sizes, GTK+ picks one of the available sizes).
|
|
* @detail: render detail to pass to theme engine
|
|
*
|
|
* A convenience function that uses the theme engine and RC file
|
|
* settings for @widget to look up @stock_id and render it to
|
|
* a pixbuf. @stock_id should be a stock icon ID such as
|
|
* #GTK_STOCK_OPEN or #GTK_STOCK_OK. @size should be a size
|
|
* such as #GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU. @detail should be a string that
|
|
* identifies the widget or code doing the rendering, so that
|
|
* theme engines can special-case rendering for that widget or code.
|
|
*
|
|
* The pixels in the returned #GdkPixbuf are shared with the rest of
|
|
* the application and should not be modified. The pixbuf should be freed
|
|
* after use with g_object_unref().
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: a new pixbuf, or %NULL if the stock ID wasn't known
|
|
**/
|
|
GdkPixbuf*
|
|
gtk_widget_render_icon (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
const gchar *stock_id,
|
|
GtkIconSize size,
|
|
const gchar *detail)
|
|
{
|
|
GtkIconSet *icon_set;
|
|
GdkPixbuf *retval;
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (stock_id != NULL, NULL);
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (size > GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID || size == -1, NULL);
|
|
|
|
gtk_widget_ensure_style (widget);
|
|
|
|
icon_set = gtk_style_lookup_icon_set (widget->style, stock_id);
|
|
|
|
if (icon_set == NULL)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
retval = gtk_icon_set_render_icon (icon_set,
|
|
widget->style,
|
|
gtk_widget_get_direction (widget),
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget),
|
|
size,
|
|
widget,
|
|
detail);
|
|
|
|
return retval;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_set_parent_window:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget.
|
|
* @parent_window: the new parent window.
|
|
*
|
|
* Sets a non default parent window for @widget.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_set_parent_window (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GdkWindow *parent_window)
|
|
{
|
|
GdkWindow *old_parent_window;
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
old_parent_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
|
|
quark_parent_window);
|
|
|
|
if (parent_window != old_parent_window)
|
|
{
|
|
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_parent_window,
|
|
parent_window);
|
|
if (old_parent_window)
|
|
g_object_unref (old_parent_window);
|
|
if (parent_window)
|
|
g_object_ref (parent_window);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_set_child_visible:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @is_visible: if %TRUE, @widget should be mapped along with its parent.
|
|
*
|
|
* Sets whether @widget should be mapped along with its when its parent
|
|
* is mapped and @widget has been shown with gtk_widget_show().
|
|
*
|
|
* The child visibility can be set for widget before it is added to
|
|
* a container with gtk_widget_set_parent(), to avoid mapping
|
|
* children unnecessary before immediately unmapping them. However
|
|
* it will be reset to its default state of %TRUE when the widget
|
|
* is removed from a container.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that changing the child visibility of a widget does not
|
|
* queue a resize on the widget. Most of the time, the size of
|
|
* a widget is computed from all visible children, whether or
|
|
* not they are mapped. If this is not the case, the container
|
|
* can queue a resize itself.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is only useful for container implementations and
|
|
* never should be called by an application.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_set_child_visible (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
gboolean is_visible)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
g_return_if_fail (!GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget));
|
|
|
|
g_object_ref (widget);
|
|
|
|
if (is_visible)
|
|
GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_CHILD_VISIBLE);
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
GtkWidget *toplevel;
|
|
|
|
GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_CHILD_VISIBLE);
|
|
|
|
toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
|
|
if (toplevel != widget && GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (toplevel))
|
|
_gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (widget->parent && GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget->parent))
|
|
{
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget->parent) &&
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_CHILD_VISIBLE (widget) &&
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
|
|
gtk_widget_map (widget);
|
|
else
|
|
gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
g_object_unref (widget);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_get_child_visible:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Gets the value set with gtk_widget_set_child_visible().
|
|
* If you feel a need to use this function, your code probably
|
|
* needs reorganization.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is only useful for container implementations and
|
|
* never should be called by an application.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: %TRUE if the widget is mapped with the parent.
|
|
**/
|
|
gboolean
|
|
gtk_widget_get_child_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|
|
|
return GTK_WIDGET_CHILD_VISIBLE (widget);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static GdkScreen *
|
|
gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
GtkWidget *toplevel;
|
|
|
|
toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (toplevel))
|
|
{
|
|
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
|
|
return GTK_WINDOW (toplevel)->screen;
|
|
else if (GTK_IS_INVISIBLE (toplevel))
|
|
return GTK_INVISIBLE (widget)->screen;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_get_screen:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Get the #GdkScreen from the toplevel window associated with
|
|
* this widget. This function can only be called after the widget
|
|
* has been added to a widget hierarchy with a #GtkWindow
|
|
* at the top.
|
|
*
|
|
* In general, you should only create screen specific
|
|
* resources when a widget has been realized, and you should
|
|
* free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: the #GdkScreen for the toplevel for this widget.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.2
|
|
**/
|
|
GdkScreen*
|
|
gtk_widget_get_screen (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
GdkScreen *screen;
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|
|
|
screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
|
|
|
|
if (screen)
|
|
return screen;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
#if 0
|
|
g_warning (G_STRLOC ": Can't get associated screen"
|
|
" for a widget unless it is inside a toplevel GtkWindow\n"
|
|
" widget type is %s associated top level type is %s",
|
|
g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE(G_OBJECT (widget))),
|
|
g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE(G_OBJECT (toplevel))));
|
|
#endif
|
|
return gdk_screen_get_default ();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_has_screen:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Checks whether there is a #GdkScreen is associated with
|
|
* this widget. All toplevel widgets have an associated
|
|
* screen, and all widgets added into a heirarchy with a toplevel
|
|
* window at the top.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: %TRUE if there is a #GdkScreen associcated
|
|
* with the widget.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.2
|
|
**/
|
|
gboolean
|
|
gtk_widget_has_screen (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|
|
|
return (gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget) != NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_get_display:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Get the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel window associated with
|
|
* this widget. This function can only be called after the widget
|
|
* has been added to a widget hierarchy with a #GtkWindow at the top.
|
|
*
|
|
* In general, you should only create display specific
|
|
* resources when a widget has been realized, and you should
|
|
* free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel for this widget.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.2
|
|
**/
|
|
GdkDisplay*
|
|
gtk_widget_get_display (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|
|
|
return gdk_screen_get_display (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_get_root_window:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Get the root window where this widget is located. This function can
|
|
* only be called after the widget has been added to a widget
|
|
* heirarchy with #GtkWindow at the top.
|
|
*
|
|
* The root window is useful for such purposes as creating a popup
|
|
* #GdkWindow associated with the window. In general, you should only
|
|
* create display specific resources when a widget has been realized,
|
|
* and you should free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: the #GdkWindow root window for the toplevel for this widget.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.2
|
|
**/
|
|
GdkWindow*
|
|
gtk_widget_get_root_window (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|
|
|
return gdk_screen_get_root_window (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_get_parent_window:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget.
|
|
* @returns: the parent window of @widget.
|
|
*
|
|
* Gets @widget's parent window.
|
|
**/
|
|
GdkWindow *
|
|
gtk_widget_get_parent_window (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
GdkWindow *parent_window;
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|
|
|
parent_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_parent_window);
|
|
|
|
return (parent_window != NULL) ? parent_window :
|
|
(widget->parent != NULL) ? widget->parent->window : NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_child_focus:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @direction: direction of focus movement
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is used by custom widget implementations; if you're
|
|
* writing an app, you'd use gtk_widget_grab_focus() to move the focus
|
|
* to a particular widget, and gtk_container_set_focus_chain() to
|
|
* change the focus tab order. So you may want to investigate those
|
|
* functions instead.
|
|
*
|
|
* gtk_widget_child_focus() is called by containers as the user moves
|
|
* around the window using keyboard shortcuts. @direction indicates
|
|
* what kind of motion is taking place (up, down, left, right, tab
|
|
* forward, tab backward). gtk_widget_child_focus() emits the
|
|
* #GtkWidget::focus" signal; widgets override the default handler
|
|
* for this signal in order to implement appropriate focus behavior.
|
|
*
|
|
* The default ::focus handler for a widget should return %TRUE if
|
|
* moving in @direction left the focus on a focusable location inside
|
|
* that widget, and %FALSE if moving in @direction moved the focus
|
|
* outside the widget. If returning %TRUE, widgets normally
|
|
* call gtk_widget_grab_focus() to place the focus accordingly;
|
|
* if returning %FALSE, they don't modify the current focus location.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function replaces gtk_container_focus() from GTK+ 1.2.
|
|
* It was necessary to check that the child was visible, sensitive,
|
|
* and focusable before calling gtk_container_focus().
|
|
* gtk_widget_child_focus() returns %FALSE if the widget is not
|
|
* currently in a focusable state, so there's no need for those checks.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: %TRUE if focus ended up inside @widget
|
|
**/
|
|
gboolean
|
|
gtk_widget_child_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkDirectionType direction)
|
|
{
|
|
gboolean return_val;
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|
|
|
if (!GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget) ||
|
|
!GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget))
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* child widgets must set CAN_FOCUS, containers
|
|
* don't have to though.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget) &&
|
|
!GTK_WIDGET_CAN_FOCUS (widget))
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
g_signal_emit (widget,
|
|
widget_signals[FOCUS],
|
|
0,
|
|
direction, &return_val);
|
|
|
|
return return_val;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_keynav_failed:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @direction: direction of focus movement
|
|
*
|
|
* This function should be called whenever keyboard navigation within
|
|
* a single widget hits a boundary. The function emits the
|
|
* #GtkWidget::keynav-failed signal on the widget and its return
|
|
* value should be interpreted in a way similar to the return value of
|
|
* gtk_widget_child_focus():
|
|
*
|
|
* When %TRUE is returned, stay in the widget, the failed keyboard
|
|
* navigation is Ok and/or there is nowhere we can/should move the
|
|
* focus to.
|
|
*
|
|
* When %FALSE is returned, the caller should continue with keyboard
|
|
* navigation outside the widget, e.g. by calling
|
|
* gtk_widget_child_focus() on the widget's toplevel.
|
|
*
|
|
* The default ::keynav-failed handler returns %TRUE for
|
|
* %GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD and %GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD. For the other
|
|
* values of #GtkDirectionType, it looks at the
|
|
* #GtkSettings:gtk-keynav-cursor-only setting and returns %FALSE
|
|
* if the setting is %TRUE. This way the entire user interface
|
|
* becomes cursor-navigatable on input devices such as mobile phones
|
|
* which only have cursor keys but no tab key.
|
|
*
|
|
* Whenever the default handler returns %TRUE, it also calls
|
|
* gtk_widget_error_bell() to notify the user of the failed keyboard
|
|
* navigation.
|
|
*
|
|
* A use case for providing an own implementation of ::keynav-failed
|
|
* (either by connecting to it or by overriding it) would be a row of
|
|
* #GtkEntry widgets where the user should be able to navigate the
|
|
* entire row with the cursor keys, as e.g. known from user interfaces
|
|
* that require entering license keys.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
|
|
* if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
|
|
* navigation attempt in its parent container(s).
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.12
|
|
**/
|
|
gboolean
|
|
gtk_widget_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkDirectionType direction)
|
|
{
|
|
gboolean return_val;
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|
|
|
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[KEYNAV_FAILED], 0,
|
|
direction, &return_val);
|
|
|
|
return return_val;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_error_bell:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Notifies the user about an input-related error on this widget.
|
|
* If the #GtkSettings:gtk-error-bell setting is %TRUE, it calls
|
|
* gdk_window_beep(), otherwise it does nothing.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that the effect of gdk_window_beep() can be configured in many
|
|
* ways, depending on the windowing backend and the desktop environment
|
|
* or window manager that is used.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.12
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_error_bell (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
gboolean beep;
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
g_object_get (gtk_widget_get_settings (widget),
|
|
"gtk-error-bell", &beep,
|
|
NULL);
|
|
|
|
if (beep && widget->window)
|
|
gdk_window_beep (widget->window);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_set_uposition:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @x: x position; -1 to unset x; -2 to leave x unchanged
|
|
* @y: y position; -1 to unset y; -2 to leave y unchanged
|
|
*
|
|
*
|
|
* Sets the position of a widget. The funny "u" in the name comes from
|
|
* the "user position" hint specified by the X Window System, and
|
|
* exists for legacy reasons. This function doesn't work if a widget
|
|
* is inside a container; it's only really useful on #GtkWindow.
|
|
*
|
|
* Don't use this function to center dialogs over the main application
|
|
* window; most window managers will do the centering on your behalf
|
|
* if you call gtk_window_set_transient_for(), and it's really not
|
|
* possible to get the centering to work correctly in all cases from
|
|
* application code. But if you insist, use gtk_window_set_position()
|
|
* to set #GTK_WIN_POS_CENTER_ON_PARENT, don't do the centering
|
|
* manually.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that although @x and @y can be individually unset, the position
|
|
* is not honoured unless both @x and @y are set.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_set_uposition (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
gint x,
|
|
gint y)
|
|
{
|
|
/* FIXME this function is the only place that aux_info->x and
|
|
* aux_info->y are even used I believe, and this function is
|
|
* deprecated. Should be cleaned up.
|
|
*
|
|
* (Actually, size_allocate uses them) -Yosh
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
aux_info =_gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
|
|
|
|
if (x > -2)
|
|
{
|
|
if (x == -1)
|
|
aux_info->x_set = FALSE;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
aux_info->x_set = TRUE;
|
|
aux_info->x = x;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (y > -2)
|
|
{
|
|
if (y == -1)
|
|
aux_info->y_set = FALSE;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
aux_info->y_set = TRUE;
|
|
aux_info->y = y;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget) && aux_info->x_set && aux_info->y_set)
|
|
_gtk_window_reposition (GTK_WINDOW (widget), aux_info->x, aux_info->y);
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget) && widget->parent)
|
|
gtk_widget_size_allocate (widget, &widget->allocation);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
gint width,
|
|
gint height)
|
|
{
|
|
GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
|
|
gboolean changed = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
|
|
|
|
aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
|
|
|
|
if (width > -2 && aux_info->width != width)
|
|
{
|
|
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "width-request");
|
|
aux_info->width = width;
|
|
changed = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (height > -2 && aux_info->height != height)
|
|
{
|
|
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "height-request");
|
|
aux_info->height = height;
|
|
changed = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget) && changed)
|
|
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
|
|
|
|
g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_set_usize:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @width: minimum width, or -1 to unset
|
|
* @height: minimum height, or -1 to unset
|
|
*
|
|
* Sets the minimum size of a widget; that is, the widget's size
|
|
* request will be @width by @height. You can use this function to
|
|
* force a widget to be either larger or smaller than it is. The
|
|
* strange "usize" name dates from the early days of GTK+, and derives
|
|
* from X Window System terminology. In many cases,
|
|
* gtk_window_set_default_size() is a better choice for toplevel
|
|
* windows than this function; setting the default size will still
|
|
* allow users to shrink the window. Setting the usize will force them
|
|
* to leave the window at least as large as the usize. When dealing
|
|
* with window sizes, gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() can be a useful
|
|
* function as well.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note the inherent danger of setting any fixed size - themes,
|
|
* translations into other languages, different fonts, and user action
|
|
* can all change the appropriate size for a given widget. So, it's
|
|
* basically impossible to hardcode a size that will always be
|
|
* correct.
|
|
*
|
|
* Deprecated: 2.2: Use gtk_widget_set_size_request() instead.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_set_usize (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
gint width,
|
|
gint height)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, width, height);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_set_size_request:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @width: width @widget should request, or -1 to unset
|
|
* @height: height @widget should request, or -1 to unset
|
|
*
|
|
* Sets the minimum size of a widget; that is, the widget's size
|
|
* request will be @width by @height. You can use this function to
|
|
* force a widget to be either larger or smaller than it normally
|
|
* would be.
|
|
*
|
|
* In most cases, gtk_window_set_default_size() is a better choice for
|
|
* toplevel windows than this function; setting the default size will
|
|
* still allow users to shrink the window. Setting the size request
|
|
* will force them to leave the window at least as large as the size
|
|
* request. When dealing with window sizes,
|
|
* gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() can be a useful function as well.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note the inherent danger of setting any fixed size - themes,
|
|
* translations into other languages, different fonts, and user action
|
|
* can all change the appropriate size for a given widget. So, it's
|
|
* basically impossible to hardcode a size that will always be
|
|
* correct.
|
|
*
|
|
* The size request of a widget is the smallest size a widget can
|
|
* accept while still functioning well and drawing itself correctly.
|
|
* However in some strange cases a widget may be allocated less than
|
|
* its requested size, and in many cases a widget may be allocated more
|
|
* space than it requested.
|
|
*
|
|
* If the size request in a given direction is -1 (unset), then
|
|
* the "natural" size request of the widget will be used instead.
|
|
*
|
|
* Widgets can't actually be allocated a size less than 1 by 1, but
|
|
* you can pass 0,0 to this function to mean "as small as possible."
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_set_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
gint width,
|
|
gint height)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
g_return_if_fail (width >= -1);
|
|
g_return_if_fail (height >= -1);
|
|
|
|
if (width == 0)
|
|
width = 1;
|
|
if (height == 0)
|
|
height = 1;
|
|
|
|
gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, width, height);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_get_size_request:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @width: return location for width, or %NULL
|
|
* @height: return location for height, or %NULL
|
|
*
|
|
* Gets the size request that was explicitly set for the widget using
|
|
* gtk_widget_set_size_request(). A value of -1 stored in @width or
|
|
* @height indicates that that dimension has not been set explicitly
|
|
* and the natural requisition of the widget will be used intead. See
|
|
* gtk_widget_set_size_request(). To get the size a widget will
|
|
* actually use, call gtk_widget_size_request() instead of
|
|
* this function.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_get_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
gint *width,
|
|
gint *height)
|
|
{
|
|
GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
|
|
|
|
if (width)
|
|
*width = aux_info ? aux_info->width : -1;
|
|
|
|
if (height)
|
|
*height = aux_info ? aux_info->height : -1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_set_events:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @events: event mask
|
|
*
|
|
* Sets the event mask (see #GdkEventMask) for a widget. The event
|
|
* mask determines which events a widget will receive. Keep in mind
|
|
* that different widgets have different default event masks, and by
|
|
* changing the event mask you may disrupt a widget's functionality,
|
|
* so be careful. This function must be called while a widget is
|
|
* unrealized. Consider gtk_widget_add_events() for widgets that are
|
|
* already realized, or if you want to preserve the existing event
|
|
* mask. This function can't be used with #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets;
|
|
* to get events on those widgets, place them inside a #GtkEventBox
|
|
* and receive events on the event box.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_set_events (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
gint events)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
g_return_if_fail (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget));
|
|
|
|
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask,
|
|
GINT_TO_POINTER (events));
|
|
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "events");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_add_events_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
gint events,
|
|
GList *window_list)
|
|
{
|
|
GList *l;
|
|
|
|
for (l = window_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
|
|
{
|
|
GdkWindow *window = l->data;
|
|
gpointer user_data;
|
|
|
|
gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &user_data);
|
|
if (user_data == widget)
|
|
{
|
|
GList *children;
|
|
|
|
gdk_window_set_events (window, gdk_window_get_events (window) | events);
|
|
|
|
children = gdk_window_get_children (window);
|
|
gtk_widget_add_events_internal (widget, events, children);
|
|
g_list_free (children);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_add_events:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @events: an event mask, see #GdkEventMask
|
|
*
|
|
* Adds the events in the bitfield @events to the event mask for
|
|
* @widget. See gtk_widget_set_events() for details.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_add_events (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
gint events)
|
|
{
|
|
gint old_events;
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
old_events = GPOINTER_TO_INT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask));
|
|
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask,
|
|
GINT_TO_POINTER (old_events | events));
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
|
|
{
|
|
GList *window_list;
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
|
|
window_list = gdk_window_get_children (widget->window);
|
|
else
|
|
window_list = g_list_prepend (NULL, widget->window);
|
|
|
|
gtk_widget_add_events_internal (widget, events, window_list);
|
|
|
|
g_list_free (window_list);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "events");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_set_extension_events:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @mode: bitfield of extension events to receive
|
|
*
|
|
* Sets the extension events mask to @mode. See #GdkExtensionMode
|
|
* and gdk_input_set_extension_events().
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_set_extension_events (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GdkExtensionMode mode)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
|
|
gtk_widget_set_extension_events_internal (widget, mode, NULL);
|
|
|
|
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_extension_event_mode,
|
|
GINT_TO_POINTER (mode));
|
|
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "extension-events");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_get_toplevel:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* This function returns the topmost widget in the container hierarchy
|
|
* @widget is a part of. If @widget has no parent widgets, it will be
|
|
* returned as the topmost widget. No reference will be added to the
|
|
* returned widget; it should not be unreferenced.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note the difference in behavior vs. gtk_widget_get_ancestor();
|
|
* <literal>gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_WINDOW)</literal>
|
|
* would return
|
|
* %NULL if @widget wasn't inside a toplevel window, and if the
|
|
* window was inside a #GtkWindow-derived widget which was in turn
|
|
* inside the toplevel #GtkWindow. While the second case may
|
|
* seem unlikely, it actually happens when a #GtkPlug is embedded
|
|
* inside a #GtkSocket within the same application.
|
|
*
|
|
* To reliably find the toplevel #GtkWindow, use
|
|
* gtk_widget_get_toplevel() and check if the %TOPLEVEL flags
|
|
* is set on the result.
|
|
* |[
|
|
* GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
|
|
* if (GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (toplevel))
|
|
* {
|
|
* /* Perform action on toplevel. */
|
|
* }
|
|
* ]|
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: the topmost ancestor of @widget, or @widget itself
|
|
* if there's no ancestor.
|
|
**/
|
|
GtkWidget*
|
|
gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|
|
|
while (widget->parent)
|
|
widget = widget->parent;
|
|
|
|
return widget;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_get_ancestor:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @widget_type: ancestor type
|
|
*
|
|
* Gets the first ancestor of @widget with type @widget_type. For example,
|
|
* <literal>gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_BOX)</literal> gets
|
|
* the first #GtkBox that's an ancestor of @widget. No reference will be
|
|
* added to the returned widget; it should not be unreferenced. See note
|
|
* about checking for a toplevel #GtkWindow in the docs for
|
|
* gtk_widget_get_toplevel().
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that unlike gtk_widget_is_ancestor(), gtk_widget_get_ancestor()
|
|
* considers @widget to be an ancestor of itself.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: the ancestor widget, or %NULL if not found
|
|
**/
|
|
GtkWidget*
|
|
gtk_widget_get_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GType widget_type)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|
|
|
while (widget && !g_type_is_a (GTK_WIDGET_TYPE (widget), widget_type))
|
|
widget = widget->parent;
|
|
|
|
if (!(widget && g_type_is_a (GTK_WIDGET_TYPE (widget), widget_type)))
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
return widget;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_get_colormap:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Gets the colormap that will be used to render @widget. No reference will
|
|
* be added to the returned colormap; it should not be unreferenced.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: the colormap used by @widget
|
|
**/
|
|
GdkColormap*
|
|
gtk_widget_get_colormap (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
GdkColormap *colormap;
|
|
GtkWidget *tmp_widget;
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|
|
|
if (widget->window)
|
|
{
|
|
colormap = gdk_drawable_get_colormap (widget->window);
|
|
/* If window was destroyed previously, we'll get NULL here */
|
|
if (colormap)
|
|
return colormap;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
tmp_widget = widget;
|
|
while (tmp_widget)
|
|
{
|
|
colormap = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (tmp_widget), quark_colormap);
|
|
if (colormap)
|
|
return colormap;
|
|
|
|
tmp_widget= tmp_widget->parent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return gdk_screen_get_default_colormap (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_get_visual:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Gets the visual that will be used to render @widget.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: the visual for @widget
|
|
**/
|
|
GdkVisual*
|
|
gtk_widget_get_visual (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|
|
|
return gdk_colormap_get_visual (gtk_widget_get_colormap (widget));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_get_settings:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Gets the settings object holding the settings (global property
|
|
* settings, RC file information, etc) used for this widget.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that this function can only be called when the #GtkWidget
|
|
* is attached to a toplevel, since the settings object is specific
|
|
* to a particular #GdkScreen.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: the relevant #GtkSettings object
|
|
**/
|
|
GtkSettings*
|
|
gtk_widget_get_settings (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|
|
|
return gtk_settings_get_for_screen (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_set_colormap:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @colormap: a colormap
|
|
*
|
|
* Sets the colormap for the widget to the given value. Widget must not
|
|
* have been previously realized. This probably should only be used
|
|
* from an <function>init()</function> function (i.e. from the constructor
|
|
* for the widget).
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_set_colormap (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GdkColormap *colormap)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
g_return_if_fail (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget));
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_COLORMAP (colormap));
|
|
|
|
g_object_ref (colormap);
|
|
|
|
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
|
|
quark_colormap,
|
|
colormap,
|
|
g_object_unref);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_get_events:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns the event mask for the widget (a bitfield containing flags
|
|
* from the #GdkEventMask enumeration). These are the events that the widget
|
|
* will receive.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: event mask for @widget
|
|
**/
|
|
gint
|
|
gtk_widget_get_events (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
|
|
|
|
return GPOINTER_TO_INT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_get_extension_events:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Retrieves the extension events the widget will receive; see
|
|
* gdk_input_set_extension_events().
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: extension events for @widget
|
|
**/
|
|
GdkExtensionMode
|
|
gtk_widget_get_extension_events (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
|
|
|
|
return GPOINTER_TO_INT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_extension_event_mode));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_get_pointer:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @x: return location for the X coordinate, or %NULL
|
|
* @y: return location for the Y coordinate, or %NULL
|
|
*
|
|
* Obtains the location of the mouse pointer in widget coordinates.
|
|
* Widget coordinates are a bit odd; for historical reasons, they are
|
|
* defined as @widget->window coordinates for widgets that are not
|
|
* #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets, and are relative to @widget->allocation.x,
|
|
* @widget->allocation.y for widgets that are #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_get_pointer (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
gint *x,
|
|
gint *y)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
if (x)
|
|
*x = -1;
|
|
if (y)
|
|
*y = -1;
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
|
|
{
|
|
gdk_window_get_pointer (widget->window, x, y, NULL);
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
|
|
{
|
|
if (x)
|
|
*x -= widget->allocation.x;
|
|
if (y)
|
|
*y -= widget->allocation.y;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_is_ancestor:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @ancestor: another #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Determines whether @widget is somewhere inside @ancestor, possibly with
|
|
* intermediate containers.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: %TRUE if @ancestor contains @widget as a child,
|
|
* grandchild, great grandchild, etc.
|
|
**/
|
|
gboolean
|
|
gtk_widget_is_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkWidget *ancestor)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (ancestor != NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
|
while (widget)
|
|
{
|
|
if (widget->parent == ancestor)
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
widget = widget->parent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static GQuark quark_composite_name = 0;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_set_composite_name:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget.
|
|
* @name: the name to set
|
|
*
|
|
* Sets a widgets composite name. The widget must be
|
|
* a composite child of its parent; see gtk_widget_push_composite_child().
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_set_composite_name (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
const gchar *name)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_COMPOSITE_CHILD (widget));
|
|
g_return_if_fail (name != NULL);
|
|
|
|
if (!quark_composite_name)
|
|
quark_composite_name = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-composite-name");
|
|
|
|
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
|
|
quark_composite_name,
|
|
g_strdup (name),
|
|
g_free);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_get_composite_name:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @returns: the composite name of @widget, or %NULL if @widget is not
|
|
* a composite child. The string should not be freed when it is no
|
|
* longer needed.
|
|
*
|
|
* Obtains the composite name of a widget.
|
|
**/
|
|
gchar*
|
|
gtk_widget_get_composite_name (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_COMPOSITE_CHILD (widget) && widget->parent)
|
|
return _gtk_container_child_composite_name (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent),
|
|
widget);
|
|
else
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_push_composite_child:
|
|
*
|
|
* Makes all newly-created widgets as composite children until
|
|
* the corresponding gtk_widget_pop_composite_child() call.
|
|
*
|
|
* A composite child is a child that's an implementation detail of the
|
|
* container it's inside and should not be visible to people using the
|
|
* container. Composite children aren't treated differently by GTK (but
|
|
* see gtk_container_foreach() vs. gtk_container_forall()), but e.g. GUI
|
|
* builders might want to treat them in a different way.
|
|
*
|
|
* Here is a simple example:
|
|
* |[
|
|
* gtk_widget_push_composite_child ();
|
|
* scrolled_window->hscrollbar = gtk_hscrollbar_new (hadjustment);
|
|
* gtk_widget_set_composite_name (scrolled_window->hscrollbar, "hscrollbar");
|
|
* gtk_widget_pop_composite_child ();
|
|
* gtk_widget_set_parent (scrolled_window->hscrollbar,
|
|
* GTK_WIDGET (scrolled_window));
|
|
* g_object_ref (scrolled_window->hscrollbar);
|
|
* ]|
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_push_composite_child (void)
|
|
{
|
|
composite_child_stack++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_pop_composite_child:
|
|
*
|
|
* Cancels the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_push_composite_child().
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_pop_composite_child (void)
|
|
{
|
|
if (composite_child_stack)
|
|
composite_child_stack--;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_push_colormap:
|
|
* @cmap: a #GdkColormap
|
|
*
|
|
* Pushes @cmap onto a global stack of colormaps; the topmost
|
|
* colormap on the stack will be used to create all widgets.
|
|
* Remove @cmap with gtk_widget_pop_colormap(). There's little
|
|
* reason to use this function.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_push_colormap (GdkColormap *cmap)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (!cmap || GDK_IS_COLORMAP (cmap));
|
|
|
|
colormap_stack = g_slist_prepend (colormap_stack, cmap);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_pop_colormap:
|
|
*
|
|
* Removes a colormap pushed with gtk_widget_push_colormap().
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_pop_colormap (void)
|
|
{
|
|
if (colormap_stack)
|
|
colormap_stack = g_slist_delete_link (colormap_stack, colormap_stack);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_set_default_colormap:
|
|
* @colormap: a #GdkColormap
|
|
*
|
|
* Sets the default colormap to use when creating widgets.
|
|
* gtk_widget_push_colormap() is a better function to use if
|
|
* you only want to affect a few widgets, rather than all widgets.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_set_default_colormap (GdkColormap *colormap)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_COLORMAP (colormap));
|
|
|
|
gdk_screen_set_default_colormap (gdk_colormap_get_screen (colormap),
|
|
colormap);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_get_default_colormap:
|
|
*
|
|
* Obtains the default colormap used to create widgets.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: default widget colormap
|
|
**/
|
|
GdkColormap*
|
|
gtk_widget_get_default_colormap (void)
|
|
{
|
|
return gdk_screen_get_default_colormap (gdk_screen_get_default ());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_get_default_visual:
|
|
*
|
|
* Obtains the visual of the default colormap. Not really useful;
|
|
* used to be useful before gdk_colormap_get_visual() existed.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: visual of the default colormap
|
|
**/
|
|
GdkVisual*
|
|
gtk_widget_get_default_visual (void)
|
|
{
|
|
return gdk_colormap_get_visual (gtk_widget_get_default_colormap ());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkTextDirection old_dir)
|
|
{
|
|
gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
|
|
|
|
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[DIRECTION_CHANGED], 0, old_dir);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_set_direction:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @dir: the new direction
|
|
*
|
|
* Sets the reading direction on a particular widget. This direction
|
|
* controls the primary direction for widgets containing text,
|
|
* and also the direction in which the children of a container are
|
|
* packed. The ability to set the direction is present in order
|
|
* so that correct localization into languages with right-to-left
|
|
* reading directions can be done. Generally, applications will
|
|
* let the default reading direction present, except for containers
|
|
* where the containers are arranged in an order that is explicitely
|
|
* visual rather than logical (such as buttons for text justification).
|
|
*
|
|
* If the direction is set to %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE, then the value
|
|
* set by gtk_widget_set_default_direction() will be used.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_set_direction (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkTextDirection dir)
|
|
{
|
|
GtkTextDirection old_dir;
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
g_return_if_fail (dir >= GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE && dir <= GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL);
|
|
|
|
old_dir = gtk_widget_get_direction (widget);
|
|
|
|
if (dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE)
|
|
GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_DIRECTION_SET);
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_DIRECTION_SET);
|
|
if (dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR)
|
|
GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_DIRECTION_LTR);
|
|
else
|
|
GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_DIRECTION_LTR);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (old_dir != gtk_widget_get_direction (widget))
|
|
gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (widget, old_dir);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_get_direction:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Gets the reading direction for a particular widget. See
|
|
* gtk_widget_set_direction().
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: the reading direction for the widget.
|
|
**/
|
|
GtkTextDirection
|
|
gtk_widget_get_direction (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR);
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_DIRECTION_SET (widget))
|
|
return GTK_WIDGET_DIRECTION_LTR (widget) ? GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR : GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL;
|
|
else
|
|
return gtk_default_direction;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
|
|
{
|
|
GtkTextDirection old_dir = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (data);
|
|
|
|
g_object_ref (widget);
|
|
|
|
if (!GTK_WIDGET_DIRECTION_SET (widget))
|
|
gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (widget, old_dir);
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
|
|
gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
|
|
gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse,
|
|
data);
|
|
|
|
g_object_unref (widget);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_set_default_direction:
|
|
* @dir: the new default direction. This cannot be
|
|
* %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE.
|
|
*
|
|
* Sets the default reading direction for widgets where the
|
|
* direction has not been explicitly set by gtk_widget_set_direction().
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_set_default_direction (GtkTextDirection dir)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL || dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR);
|
|
|
|
if (dir != gtk_default_direction)
|
|
{
|
|
GList *toplevels, *tmp_list;
|
|
GtkTextDirection old_dir = gtk_default_direction;
|
|
|
|
gtk_default_direction = dir;
|
|
|
|
tmp_list = toplevels = gtk_window_list_toplevels ();
|
|
g_list_foreach (toplevels, (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL);
|
|
|
|
while (tmp_list)
|
|
{
|
|
gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (tmp_list->data,
|
|
GUINT_TO_POINTER (old_dir));
|
|
g_object_unref (tmp_list->data);
|
|
tmp_list = tmp_list->next;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
g_list_free (toplevels);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_get_default_direction:
|
|
*
|
|
* Obtains the current default reading direction. See
|
|
* gtk_widget_set_default_direction().
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: the current default direction.
|
|
**/
|
|
GtkTextDirection
|
|
gtk_widget_get_default_direction (void)
|
|
{
|
|
return gtk_default_direction;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_dispose (GObject *object)
|
|
{
|
|
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
|
|
|
|
if (widget->parent)
|
|
gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent), widget);
|
|
else if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
|
|
gtk_widget_hide (widget);
|
|
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_VISIBLE);
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
|
|
gtk_widget_unrealize (widget);
|
|
|
|
G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->dispose (object);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_real_destroy (GtkObject *object)
|
|
{
|
|
/* gtk_object_destroy() will already hold a refcount on object */
|
|
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
|
|
|
|
/* wipe accelerator closures (keep order) */
|
|
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path, NULL);
|
|
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures, NULL);
|
|
|
|
/* Callers of add_mnemonic_label() should disconnect on ::destroy */
|
|
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels, NULL);
|
|
|
|
gtk_grab_remove (widget);
|
|
|
|
g_object_unref (widget->style);
|
|
widget->style = gtk_widget_get_default_style ();
|
|
g_object_ref (widget->style);
|
|
|
|
GTK_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->destroy (object);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_finalize (GObject *object)
|
|
{
|
|
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
|
|
GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
|
|
GtkAccessible *accessible;
|
|
|
|
gtk_grab_remove (widget);
|
|
|
|
g_object_unref (widget->style);
|
|
widget->style = NULL;
|
|
|
|
g_free (widget->name);
|
|
|
|
aux_info =_gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
|
|
if (aux_info)
|
|
gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (aux_info);
|
|
|
|
accessible = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accessible_object);
|
|
if (accessible)
|
|
g_object_unref (accessible);
|
|
|
|
G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->finalize (object);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*****************************************
|
|
* gtk_widget_real_map:
|
|
*
|
|
* arguments:
|
|
*
|
|
* results:
|
|
*****************************************/
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_real_map (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
g_assert (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget));
|
|
|
|
if (!GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
|
|
{
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_MAPPED);
|
|
|
|
if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
|
|
gdk_window_show (widget->window);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*****************************************
|
|
* gtk_widget_real_unmap:
|
|
*
|
|
* arguments:
|
|
*
|
|
* results:
|
|
*****************************************/
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_real_unmap (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
|
|
{
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_MAPPED);
|
|
|
|
if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
|
|
gdk_window_hide (widget->window);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*****************************************
|
|
* gtk_widget_real_realize:
|
|
*
|
|
* arguments:
|
|
*
|
|
* results:
|
|
*****************************************/
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_real_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
g_assert (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget));
|
|
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_REALIZED);
|
|
if (widget->parent)
|
|
{
|
|
widget->window = gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget);
|
|
g_object_ref (widget->window);
|
|
}
|
|
widget->style = gtk_style_attach (widget->style, widget->window);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*****************************************
|
|
* gtk_widget_real_unrealize:
|
|
*
|
|
* arguments:
|
|
*
|
|
* results:
|
|
*****************************************/
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_real_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
|
|
gtk_widget_real_unmap (widget);
|
|
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_MAPPED);
|
|
|
|
/* printf ("unrealizing %s\n", g_type_name (G_TYPE_FROM_INSTANCE (widget)));
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/* We must do unrealize child widget BEFORE container widget.
|
|
* gdk_window_destroy() destroys specified xwindow and its sub-xwindows.
|
|
* So, unrealizing container widget bofore its children causes the problem
|
|
* (for example, gdk_ic_destroy () with destroyed window causes crash. )
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
|
|
gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
|
|
(GtkCallback) gtk_widget_unrealize,
|
|
NULL);
|
|
|
|
gtk_style_detach (widget->style);
|
|
if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
|
|
{
|
|
gdk_window_set_user_data (widget->window, NULL);
|
|
gdk_window_destroy (widget->window);
|
|
widget->window = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
g_object_unref (widget->window);
|
|
widget->window = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
gtk_selection_remove_all (widget);
|
|
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_REALIZED);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_real_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkRequisition *requisition)
|
|
{
|
|
requisition->width = widget->requisition.width;
|
|
requisition->height = widget->requisition.height;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* _gtk_widget_peek_colormap:
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns colormap currently pushed by gtk_widget_push_colormap, if any.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: the currently pushed colormap, or %NULL if there is none.
|
|
**/
|
|
GdkColormap*
|
|
_gtk_widget_peek_colormap (void)
|
|
{
|
|
if (colormap_stack)
|
|
return (GdkColormap*) colormap_stack->data;
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_propagate_state (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkStateData *data)
|
|
{
|
|
guint8 old_state = GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget);
|
|
guint8 old_saved_state = GTK_WIDGET_SAVED_STATE (widget);
|
|
|
|
/* don't call this function with state==GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE,
|
|
* parent_sensitive==TRUE on a sensitive widget
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (data->parent_sensitive)
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_PARENT_SENSITIVE);
|
|
else
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_PARENT_SENSITIVE);
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget))
|
|
{
|
|
if (data->state_restoration)
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget) = GTK_WIDGET_SAVED_STATE (widget);
|
|
else
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget) = data->state;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (!data->state_restoration)
|
|
{
|
|
if (data->state != GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE)
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_SAVED_STATE (widget) = data->state;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget) != GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE)
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_SAVED_STATE (widget) = GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget);
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget) = GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (gtk_widget_is_focus (widget) && !GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget))
|
|
{
|
|
GtkWidget *window;
|
|
|
|
window = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
|
|
if (window && GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (window))
|
|
gtk_window_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (window), NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (old_state != GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget) ||
|
|
old_saved_state != GTK_WIDGET_SAVED_STATE (widget))
|
|
{
|
|
g_object_ref (widget);
|
|
|
|
if (!GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget) && GTK_WIDGET_HAS_GRAB (widget))
|
|
gtk_grab_remove (widget);
|
|
|
|
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STATE_CHANGED], 0, old_state);
|
|
|
|
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
|
|
{
|
|
data->parent_sensitive = (GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget) != FALSE);
|
|
if (data->use_forall)
|
|
gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
|
|
(GtkCallback) gtk_widget_propagate_state,
|
|
data);
|
|
else
|
|
gtk_container_foreach (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
|
|
(GtkCallback) gtk_widget_propagate_state,
|
|
data);
|
|
}
|
|
g_object_unref (widget);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* _gtk_widget_get_aux_info:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @create: if %TRUE, create the structure if it doesn't exist
|
|
*
|
|
* Get the #GtkWidgetAuxInfo structure for the widget.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: the #GtkAuxInfo structure for the widget, or
|
|
* %NULL if @create is %FALSE and one doesn't already exist.
|
|
**/
|
|
GtkWidgetAuxInfo*
|
|
_gtk_widget_get_aux_info (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
gboolean create)
|
|
{
|
|
GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
|
|
|
|
aux_info = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_aux_info);
|
|
if (!aux_info && create)
|
|
{
|
|
aux_info = g_slice_new (GtkWidgetAuxInfo);
|
|
|
|
aux_info->width = -1;
|
|
aux_info->height = -1;
|
|
aux_info->x = 0;
|
|
aux_info->y = 0;
|
|
aux_info->x_set = FALSE;
|
|
aux_info->y_set = FALSE;
|
|
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_aux_info, aux_info);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return aux_info;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*****************************************
|
|
* gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy:
|
|
*
|
|
* arguments:
|
|
*
|
|
* results:
|
|
*****************************************/
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info)
|
|
{
|
|
g_slice_free (GtkWidgetAuxInfo, aux_info);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_shape_info_destroy (GtkWidgetShapeInfo *info)
|
|
{
|
|
g_object_unref (info->shape_mask);
|
|
g_slice_free (GtkWidgetShapeInfo, info);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_shape_combine_mask:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @shape_mask: shape to be added, or %NULL to remove an existing shape
|
|
* @offset_x: X position of shape mask with respect to @window
|
|
* @offset_y: Y position of shape mask with respect to @window
|
|
*
|
|
* Sets a shape for this widget's GDK window. This allows for
|
|
* transparent windows etc., see gdk_window_shape_combine_mask()
|
|
* for more information.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_shape_combine_mask (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GdkBitmap *shape_mask,
|
|
gint offset_x,
|
|
gint offset_y)
|
|
{
|
|
GtkWidgetShapeInfo* shape_info;
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
/* set_shape doesn't work on widgets without gdk window */
|
|
g_return_if_fail (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget));
|
|
|
|
if (!shape_mask)
|
|
{
|
|
GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_HAS_SHAPE_MASK);
|
|
|
|
if (widget->window)
|
|
gdk_window_shape_combine_mask (widget->window, NULL, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info, NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_HAS_SHAPE_MASK);
|
|
|
|
shape_info = g_slice_new (GtkWidgetShapeInfo);
|
|
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info, shape_info,
|
|
(GDestroyNotify) gtk_widget_shape_info_destroy);
|
|
|
|
shape_info->shape_mask = g_object_ref (shape_mask);
|
|
shape_info->offset_x = offset_x;
|
|
shape_info->offset_y = offset_y;
|
|
|
|
/* set shape if widget has a gdk window already.
|
|
* otherwise the shape is scheduled to be set by gtk_widget_realize().
|
|
*/
|
|
if (widget->window)
|
|
gdk_window_shape_combine_mask (widget->window, shape_mask,
|
|
offset_x, offset_y);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_mask:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @shape_mask: shape to be added, or %NULL to remove an existing shape
|
|
* @offset_x: X position of shape mask with respect to @window
|
|
* @offset_y: Y position of shape mask with respect to @window
|
|
*
|
|
* Sets an input shape for this widget's GDK window. This allows for
|
|
* windows which react to mouse click in a nonrectangular region, see
|
|
* gdk_window_input_shape_combine_mask() for more information.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.10
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_mask (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GdkBitmap *shape_mask,
|
|
gint offset_x,
|
|
gint offset_y)
|
|
{
|
|
GtkWidgetShapeInfo* shape_info;
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
/* set_shape doesn't work on widgets without gdk window */
|
|
g_return_if_fail (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget));
|
|
|
|
if (!shape_mask)
|
|
{
|
|
if (widget->window)
|
|
gdk_window_input_shape_combine_mask (widget->window, NULL, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info, NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
shape_info = g_slice_new (GtkWidgetShapeInfo);
|
|
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info,
|
|
shape_info,
|
|
(GDestroyNotify) gtk_widget_shape_info_destroy);
|
|
|
|
shape_info->shape_mask = g_object_ref (shape_mask);
|
|
shape_info->offset_x = offset_x;
|
|
shape_info->offset_y = offset_y;
|
|
|
|
/* set shape if widget has a gdk window already.
|
|
* otherwise the shape is scheduled to be set by gtk_widget_realize().
|
|
*/
|
|
if (widget->window)
|
|
gdk_window_input_shape_combine_mask (widget->window, shape_mask,
|
|
offset_x, offset_y);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_reset_shapes_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GdkWindow *window)
|
|
{
|
|
gpointer data;
|
|
GList *list;
|
|
|
|
gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &data);
|
|
if (data != widget)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
gdk_window_shape_combine_mask (window, NULL, 0, 0);
|
|
for (list = gdk_window_peek_children (window); list; list = list->next)
|
|
gtk_reset_shapes_recurse (widget, list->data);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_reset_shapes:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Recursively resets the shape on this widget and its descendants.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_reset_shapes (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget));
|
|
|
|
if (!GTK_WIDGET_HAS_SHAPE_MASK (widget))
|
|
gtk_reset_shapes_recurse (widget, widget->window);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_ref:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Adds a reference to a widget. This function is exactly the same
|
|
* as calling g_object_ref(), and exists mostly for historical
|
|
* reasons. It can still be convenient to avoid casting a widget
|
|
* to a #GObject, it saves a small amount of typing.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: the widget that was referenced
|
|
*
|
|
* Deprecated: 2.12: Use g_object_ref() instead.
|
|
**/
|
|
GtkWidget*
|
|
gtk_widget_ref (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|
|
|
return (GtkWidget*) g_object_ref ((GObject*) widget);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_unref:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Inverse of gtk_widget_ref(). Equivalent to g_object_unref().
|
|
*
|
|
* Deprecated: 2.12: Use g_object_unref() instead.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_unref (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
g_object_unref ((GObject*) widget);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_get_snapshot:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @clip_rect: a #GdkRectangle or %NULL
|
|
*
|
|
* Create a #GdkPixmap of the contents of the widget and its children.
|
|
*
|
|
* Works even if the widget is obscured. The depth and visual of the
|
|
* resulting pixmap is dependent on the widget being snapshot and likely
|
|
* differs from those of a target widget displaying the pixmap.
|
|
* The function gdk_pixbuf_get_from_drawable() can be used to convert
|
|
* the pixmap to a visual independant representation.
|
|
*
|
|
* The snapshot area used by this function is the @widget's allocation plus
|
|
* any extra space occupied by additional windows belonging to this widget
|
|
* (such as the arrows of a spin button).
|
|
* Thus, the resulting snapshot pixmap is possibly larger than the allocation.
|
|
*
|
|
* If @clip_rect is non-%NULL, the resulting pixmap is shrunken to
|
|
* match the specified clip_rect. The (x,y) coordinates of @clip_rect are
|
|
* interpreted widget relative. If width or height of @clip_rect are 0 or
|
|
* negative, the width or height of the resulting pixmap will be shrunken
|
|
* by the respective amount.
|
|
* For instance a @clip_rect <literal>{ +5, +5, -10, -10 }</literal> will
|
|
* chop off 5 pixels at each side of the snapshot pixmap.
|
|
* If non-%NULL, @clip_rect will contain the exact widget-relative snapshot
|
|
* coordinates upon return. A @clip_rect of <literal>{ -1, -1, 0, 0 }</literal>
|
|
* can be used to preserve the auto-grown snapshot area and use @clip_rect
|
|
* as a pure output parameter.
|
|
*
|
|
* The returned pixmap can be %NULL, if the resulting @clip_area was empty.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: #GdkPixmap snapshot of the widget
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.14
|
|
**/
|
|
GdkPixmap*
|
|
gtk_widget_get_snapshot (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GdkRectangle *clip_rect)
|
|
{
|
|
int x, y, width, height;
|
|
GdkWindow *parent_window = NULL;
|
|
GdkPixmap *pixmap;
|
|
GList *windows = NULL, *list;
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|
if (!GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
/* the widget (and parent_window) must be realized to be drawable */
|
|
if (widget->parent && !GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget->parent))
|
|
gtk_widget_realize (widget->parent);
|
|
if (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
|
|
gtk_widget_realize (widget);
|
|
|
|
/* determine snapshot rectangle */
|
|
x = widget->allocation.x;
|
|
y = widget->allocation.y;
|
|
width = widget->allocation.width;
|
|
height = widget->allocation.height;
|
|
|
|
if (widget->parent && !GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
|
|
{
|
|
/* grow snapshot rectangle to cover all widget windows */
|
|
parent_window = gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget);
|
|
for (list = gdk_window_peek_children (parent_window); list; list = list->next)
|
|
{
|
|
GdkWindow *subwin = list->data;
|
|
gpointer windata;
|
|
int wx, wy, ww, wh;
|
|
gdk_window_get_user_data (subwin, &windata);
|
|
if (windata != widget)
|
|
continue;
|
|
windows = g_list_prepend (windows, subwin);
|
|
gdk_window_get_position (subwin, &wx, &wy);
|
|
gdk_drawable_get_size (subwin, &ww, &wh);
|
|
/* grow snapshot rectangle by extra widget sub window */
|
|
if (wx < x)
|
|
{
|
|
width += x - wx;
|
|
x = wx;
|
|
}
|
|
if (wy < y)
|
|
{
|
|
height += y - wy;
|
|
y = wy;
|
|
}
|
|
if (x + width < wx + ww)
|
|
width += wx + ww - (x + width);
|
|
if (y + height < wy + wh)
|
|
height += wy + wh - (y + height);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!widget->parent)
|
|
x = y = 0; /* toplevel */
|
|
|
|
/* at this point, (x,y,width,height) is the parent_window relative
|
|
* snapshot area covering all of widget's windows.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/* shrink snapshot size by clip_rectangle */
|
|
if (clip_rect)
|
|
{
|
|
GdkRectangle snap = { x, y, width, height }, clip = *clip_rect;
|
|
clip.x = clip.x < 0 ? x : clip.x;
|
|
clip.y = clip.y < 0 ? y : clip.y;
|
|
clip.width = clip.width <= 0 ? MAX (0, width + clip.width) : clip.width;
|
|
clip.height = clip.height <= 0 ? MAX (0, height + clip.height) : clip.height;
|
|
if (widget->parent)
|
|
{
|
|
/* offset clip_rect, so it's parent_window relative */
|
|
if (clip_rect->x >= 0)
|
|
clip.x += widget->allocation.x;
|
|
if (clip_rect->y >= 0)
|
|
clip.y += widget->allocation.y;
|
|
}
|
|
if (!gdk_rectangle_intersect (&snap, &clip, &snap))
|
|
{
|
|
g_list_free (windows);
|
|
clip_rect->width = clip_rect->height = 0;
|
|
return NULL; /* empty snapshot area */
|
|
}
|
|
x = snap.x;
|
|
y = snap.y;
|
|
width = snap.width;
|
|
height = snap.height;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* render snapshot */
|
|
pixmap = gdk_pixmap_new (widget->window, width, height, gdk_drawable_get_depth (widget->window));
|
|
for (list = windows; list; list = list->next) /* !NO_WINDOW widgets */
|
|
{
|
|
GdkWindow *subwin = list->data;
|
|
int wx, wy;
|
|
gdk_window_get_position (subwin, &wx, &wy);
|
|
gdk_window_redirect_to_drawable (subwin, pixmap, MAX (0, x - wx), MAX (0, y - wy),
|
|
MAX (0, wx - x), MAX (0, wy - y), width, height);
|
|
gdk_window_invalidate_rect (subwin, NULL, TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
if (!windows) /* NO_WINDOW || toplevel => parent_window == NULL || parent_window == widget->window */
|
|
{
|
|
gdk_window_redirect_to_drawable (widget->window, pixmap, x, y, 0, 0, width, height);
|
|
gdk_window_invalidate_rect (widget->window, NULL, TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
|
|
if (parent_window)
|
|
gdk_window_process_updates (parent_window, TRUE);
|
|
for (list = windows; list; list = list->next)
|
|
gdk_window_process_updates (list->data, TRUE);
|
|
gdk_window_process_updates (widget->window, TRUE);
|
|
for (list = windows; list; list = list->next)
|
|
gdk_window_remove_redirection (list->data);
|
|
if (!windows) /* NO_WINDOW || toplevel */
|
|
gdk_window_remove_redirection (widget->window);
|
|
g_list_free (windows);
|
|
|
|
/* return pixmap and snapshot rectangle coordinates */
|
|
if (clip_rect)
|
|
{
|
|
clip_rect->x = x;
|
|
clip_rect->y = y;
|
|
clip_rect->width = width;
|
|
clip_rect->height = height;
|
|
if (widget->parent)
|
|
{
|
|
/* offset clip_rect from parent_window so it's widget relative */
|
|
clip_rect->x -= widget->allocation.x;
|
|
clip_rect->y -= widget->allocation.y;
|
|
}
|
|
if (0)
|
|
g_printerr ("gtk_widget_get_snapshot: %s (%d,%d, %dx%d)\n",
|
|
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
|
|
clip_rect->x, clip_rect->y, clip_rect->width, clip_rect->height);
|
|
}
|
|
return pixmap;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* style properties
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser:
|
|
* @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
|
|
* @pspec: the #GParamSpec for the style property
|
|
* @parser: the parser for the style property
|
|
*
|
|
* Installs a style property on a widget class.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
|
|
GParamSpec *pspec,
|
|
GtkRcPropertyParser parser)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (klass));
|
|
g_return_if_fail (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC (pspec));
|
|
g_return_if_fail (pspec->flags & G_PARAM_READABLE);
|
|
g_return_if_fail (!(pspec->flags & (G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY | G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT)));
|
|
|
|
if (g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool, pspec->name, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass), FALSE))
|
|
{
|
|
g_warning (G_STRLOC ": class `%s' already contains a style property named `%s'",
|
|
G_OBJECT_CLASS_NAME (klass),
|
|
pspec->name);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
g_param_spec_ref_sink (pspec);
|
|
g_param_spec_set_qdata (pspec, quark_property_parser, (gpointer) parser);
|
|
g_param_spec_pool_insert (style_property_spec_pool, pspec, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_class_install_style_property:
|
|
* @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
|
|
* @pspec: the #GParamSpec for the property
|
|
*
|
|
* Installs a style property on a widget class. The parser for the
|
|
* style property is determined by the value type of @pspec.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
|
|
GParamSpec *pspec)
|
|
{
|
|
GtkRcPropertyParser parser;
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (klass));
|
|
g_return_if_fail (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC (pspec));
|
|
|
|
parser = _gtk_rc_property_parser_from_type (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec));
|
|
|
|
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser (klass, pspec, parser);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_class_find_style_property:
|
|
* @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
|
|
* @property_name: the name of the style property to find
|
|
* @returns: the #GParamSpec of the style property or %NULL if @class has no
|
|
* style property with that name.
|
|
*
|
|
* Finds a style property of a widget class by name.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.2
|
|
*/
|
|
GParamSpec*
|
|
gtk_widget_class_find_style_property (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
|
|
const gchar *property_name)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (property_name != NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
|
return g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
|
|
property_name,
|
|
G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass),
|
|
TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_class_list_style_properties:
|
|
* @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
|
|
* @n_properties: location to return the number of style properties found
|
|
* @returns: an newly allocated array of #GParamSpec*. The array must
|
|
* be freed with g_free().
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns all style properties of a widget class.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.2
|
|
*/
|
|
GParamSpec**
|
|
gtk_widget_class_list_style_properties (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
|
|
guint *n_properties)
|
|
{
|
|
GParamSpec **pspecs;
|
|
guint n;
|
|
|
|
pspecs = g_param_spec_pool_list (style_property_spec_pool,
|
|
G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass),
|
|
&n);
|
|
if (n_properties)
|
|
*n_properties = n;
|
|
|
|
return pspecs;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_style_get_property:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @property_name: the name of a style property
|
|
* @value: location to return the property value
|
|
*
|
|
* Gets the value of a style property of @widget.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_style_get_property (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
const gchar *property_name,
|
|
GValue *value)
|
|
{
|
|
GParamSpec *pspec;
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
g_return_if_fail (property_name != NULL);
|
|
g_return_if_fail (G_IS_VALUE (value));
|
|
|
|
g_object_ref (widget);
|
|
pspec = g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
|
|
property_name,
|
|
G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
|
|
TRUE);
|
|
if (!pspec)
|
|
g_warning ("%s: widget class `%s' has no property named `%s'",
|
|
G_STRLOC,
|
|
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
|
|
property_name);
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
const GValue *peek_value;
|
|
|
|
peek_value = _gtk_style_peek_property_value (widget->style,
|
|
G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
|
|
pspec,
|
|
(GtkRcPropertyParser) g_param_spec_get_qdata (pspec, quark_property_parser));
|
|
|
|
/* auto-conversion of the caller's value type
|
|
*/
|
|
if (G_VALUE_TYPE (value) == G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec))
|
|
g_value_copy (peek_value, value);
|
|
else if (g_value_type_transformable (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec), G_VALUE_TYPE (value)))
|
|
g_value_transform (peek_value, value);
|
|
else
|
|
g_warning ("can't retrieve style property `%s' of type `%s' as value of type `%s'",
|
|
pspec->name,
|
|
g_type_name (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec)),
|
|
G_VALUE_TYPE_NAME (value));
|
|
}
|
|
g_object_unref (widget);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_style_get_valist:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @first_property_name: the name of the first property to get
|
|
* @var_args: a <type>va_list</type> of pairs of property names and
|
|
* locations to return the property values, starting with the location
|
|
* for @first_property_name.
|
|
*
|
|
* Non-vararg variant of gtk_widget_style_get(). Used primarily by language
|
|
* bindings.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_style_get_valist (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
const gchar *first_property_name,
|
|
va_list var_args)
|
|
{
|
|
const gchar *name;
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
g_object_ref (widget);
|
|
|
|
name = first_property_name;
|
|
while (name)
|
|
{
|
|
const GValue *peek_value;
|
|
GParamSpec *pspec;
|
|
gchar *error;
|
|
|
|
pspec = g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
|
|
name,
|
|
G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
|
|
TRUE);
|
|
if (!pspec)
|
|
{
|
|
g_warning ("%s: widget class `%s' has no property named `%s'",
|
|
G_STRLOC,
|
|
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
|
|
name);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
/* style pspecs are always readable so we can spare that check here */
|
|
|
|
peek_value = _gtk_style_peek_property_value (widget->style,
|
|
G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
|
|
pspec,
|
|
(GtkRcPropertyParser) g_param_spec_get_qdata (pspec, quark_property_parser));
|
|
G_VALUE_LCOPY (peek_value, var_args, 0, &error);
|
|
if (error)
|
|
{
|
|
g_warning ("%s: %s", G_STRLOC, error);
|
|
g_free (error);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
name = va_arg (var_args, gchar*);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
g_object_unref (widget);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_style_get:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @first_property_name: the name of the first property to get
|
|
* @Varargs: pairs of property names and locations to
|
|
* return the property values, starting with the location for
|
|
* @first_property_name, terminated by %NULL.
|
|
*
|
|
* Gets the values of a multiple style properties of @widget.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_style_get (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
const gchar *first_property_name,
|
|
...)
|
|
{
|
|
va_list var_args;
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
va_start (var_args, first_property_name);
|
|
gtk_widget_style_get_valist (widget, first_property_name, var_args);
|
|
va_end (var_args);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_path:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @path_length: location to store length of the path, or %NULL
|
|
* @path: location to store allocated path string, or %NULL
|
|
* @path_reversed: location to store allocated reverse path string, or %NULL
|
|
*
|
|
* Obtains the full path to @widget. The path is simply the name of a
|
|
* widget and all its parents in the container hierarchy, separated by
|
|
* periods. The name of a widget comes from
|
|
* gtk_widget_get_name(). Paths are used to apply styles to a widget
|
|
* in gtkrc configuration files. Widget names are the type of the
|
|
* widget by default (e.g. "GtkButton") or can be set to an
|
|
* application-specific value with gtk_widget_set_name(). By setting
|
|
* the name of a widget, you allow users or theme authors to apply
|
|
* styles to that specific widget in their gtkrc
|
|
* file. @path_reversed_p fills in the path in reverse order,
|
|
* i.e. starting with @widget's name instead of starting with the name
|
|
* of @widget's outermost ancestor.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_path (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
guint *path_length,
|
|
gchar **path,
|
|
gchar **path_reversed)
|
|
{
|
|
static gchar *rev_path = NULL;
|
|
static guint tmp_path_len = 0;
|
|
guint len;
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
len = 0;
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
const gchar *string;
|
|
const gchar *s;
|
|
gchar *d;
|
|
guint l;
|
|
|
|
string = gtk_widget_get_name (widget);
|
|
l = strlen (string);
|
|
while (tmp_path_len <= len + l + 1)
|
|
{
|
|
tmp_path_len += INIT_PATH_SIZE;
|
|
rev_path = g_realloc (rev_path, tmp_path_len);
|
|
}
|
|
s = string + l - 1;
|
|
d = rev_path + len;
|
|
while (s >= string)
|
|
*(d++) = *(s--);
|
|
len += l;
|
|
|
|
widget = widget->parent;
|
|
|
|
if (widget)
|
|
rev_path[len++] = '.';
|
|
else
|
|
rev_path[len++] = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
while (widget);
|
|
|
|
if (path_length)
|
|
*path_length = len - 1;
|
|
if (path_reversed)
|
|
*path_reversed = g_strdup (rev_path);
|
|
if (path)
|
|
{
|
|
*path = g_strdup (rev_path);
|
|
g_strreverse (*path);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_class_path:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @path_length: location to store the length of the class path, or %NULL
|
|
* @path: location to store the class path as an allocated string, or %NULL
|
|
* @path_reversed: location to store the reverse class path as an allocated
|
|
* string, or %NULL
|
|
*
|
|
* Same as gtk_widget_path(), but always uses the name of a widget's type,
|
|
* never uses a custom name set with gtk_widget_set_name().
|
|
*
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_class_path (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
guint *path_length,
|
|
gchar **path,
|
|
gchar **path_reversed)
|
|
{
|
|
static gchar *rev_path = NULL;
|
|
static guint tmp_path_len = 0;
|
|
guint len;
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
len = 0;
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
const gchar *string;
|
|
const gchar *s;
|
|
gchar *d;
|
|
guint l;
|
|
|
|
string = g_type_name (GTK_WIDGET_TYPE (widget));
|
|
l = strlen (string);
|
|
while (tmp_path_len <= len + l + 1)
|
|
{
|
|
tmp_path_len += INIT_PATH_SIZE;
|
|
rev_path = g_realloc (rev_path, tmp_path_len);
|
|
}
|
|
s = string + l - 1;
|
|
d = rev_path + len;
|
|
while (s >= string)
|
|
*(d++) = *(s--);
|
|
len += l;
|
|
|
|
widget = widget->parent;
|
|
|
|
if (widget)
|
|
rev_path[len++] = '.';
|
|
else
|
|
rev_path[len++] = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
while (widget);
|
|
|
|
if (path_length)
|
|
*path_length = len - 1;
|
|
if (path_reversed)
|
|
*path_reversed = g_strdup (rev_path);
|
|
if (path)
|
|
{
|
|
*path = g_strdup (rev_path);
|
|
g_strreverse (*path);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_requisition_copy:
|
|
* @requisition: a #GtkRequisition
|
|
*
|
|
* Copies a #GtkRequisition.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns: a copy of @requisition
|
|
**/
|
|
GtkRequisition *
|
|
gtk_requisition_copy (const GtkRequisition *requisition)
|
|
{
|
|
return (GtkRequisition *)g_memdup (requisition, sizeof (GtkRequisition));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_requisition_free:
|
|
* @requisition: a #GtkRequisition
|
|
*
|
|
* Frees a #GtkRequisition.
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_requisition_free (GtkRequisition *requisition)
|
|
{
|
|
g_free (requisition);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
GType
|
|
gtk_requisition_get_type (void)
|
|
{
|
|
static GType our_type = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (our_type == 0)
|
|
our_type = g_boxed_type_register_static (I_("GtkRequisition"),
|
|
(GBoxedCopyFunc) gtk_requisition_copy,
|
|
(GBoxedFreeFunc) gtk_requisition_free);
|
|
|
|
return our_type;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_get_accessible:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns the accessible object that describes the widget to an
|
|
* assistive technology.
|
|
*
|
|
* If no accessibility library is loaded (i.e. no ATK implementation library is
|
|
* loaded via <envar>GTK_MODULES</envar> or via another application library,
|
|
* such as libgnome), then this #AtkObject instance may be a no-op. Likewise,
|
|
* if no class-specific #AtkObject implementation is available for the widget
|
|
* instance in question, it will inherit an #AtkObject implementation from the
|
|
* first ancestor class for which such an implementation is defined.
|
|
*
|
|
* The documentation of the <ulink url="http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/atk/index.html">ATK</ulink>
|
|
* library contains more information about accessible objects and their uses.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns: the #AtkObject associated with @widget
|
|
*/
|
|
AtkObject*
|
|
gtk_widget_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
GtkWidgetClass *klass;
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|
|
|
klass = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (klass->get_accessible != NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
|
return klass->get_accessible (widget);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static AtkObject*
|
|
gtk_widget_real_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
AtkObject* accessible;
|
|
|
|
accessible = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
|
|
quark_accessible_object);
|
|
if (!accessible)
|
|
{
|
|
AtkObjectFactory *factory;
|
|
AtkRegistry *default_registry;
|
|
|
|
default_registry = atk_get_default_registry ();
|
|
factory = atk_registry_get_factory (default_registry,
|
|
G_TYPE_FROM_INSTANCE (widget));
|
|
accessible =
|
|
atk_object_factory_create_accessible (factory,
|
|
G_OBJECT (widget));
|
|
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
|
|
quark_accessible_object,
|
|
accessible);
|
|
}
|
|
return accessible;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Initialize a AtkImplementorIface instance's virtual pointers as
|
|
* appropriate to this implementor's class (GtkWidget).
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init (AtkImplementorIface *iface)
|
|
{
|
|
iface->ref_accessible = gtk_widget_ref_accessible;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static AtkObject*
|
|
gtk_widget_ref_accessible (AtkImplementor *implementor)
|
|
{
|
|
AtkObject *accessible;
|
|
|
|
accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (implementor));
|
|
if (accessible)
|
|
g_object_ref (accessible);
|
|
return accessible;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* GtkBuildable implementation
|
|
*/
|
|
static GQuark quark_builder_has_default = 0;
|
|
static GQuark quark_builder_has_focus = 0;
|
|
static GQuark quark_builder_atk_relations = 0;
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface)
|
|
{
|
|
quark_builder_has_default = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-has-default");
|
|
quark_builder_has_focus = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-has-focus");
|
|
quark_builder_atk_relations = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-atk-relations");
|
|
|
|
iface->set_name = gtk_widget_buildable_set_name;
|
|
iface->get_name = gtk_widget_buildable_get_name;
|
|
iface->get_internal_child = gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child;
|
|
iface->set_buildable_property = gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property;
|
|
iface->parser_finished = gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished;
|
|
iface->custom_tag_start = gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start;
|
|
iface->custom_finished = gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_buildable_set_name (GtkBuildable *buildable,
|
|
const gchar *name)
|
|
{
|
|
gtk_widget_set_name (GTK_WIDGET (buildable), name);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static const gchar *
|
|
gtk_widget_buildable_get_name (GtkBuildable *buildable)
|
|
{
|
|
return gtk_widget_get_name (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static GObject *
|
|
gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
|
|
GtkBuilder *builder,
|
|
const gchar *childname)
|
|
{
|
|
if (strcmp (childname, "accessible") == 0)
|
|
return G_OBJECT (gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable)));
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property (GtkBuildable *buildable,
|
|
GtkBuilder *builder,
|
|
const gchar *name,
|
|
const GValue *value)
|
|
{
|
|
if (strcmp (name, "has-default") == 0 && g_value_get_boolean (value))
|
|
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_default,
|
|
GINT_TO_POINTER (TRUE));
|
|
else if (strcmp (name, "has-focus") == 0 && g_value_get_boolean (value))
|
|
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_focus,
|
|
GINT_TO_POINTER (TRUE));
|
|
else
|
|
g_object_set_property (G_OBJECT (buildable), name, value);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
typedef struct {
|
|
gchar *action_name;
|
|
gchar *description;
|
|
} AtkActionData;
|
|
|
|
typedef struct {
|
|
gchar *target;
|
|
gchar *type;
|
|
} AtkRelationData;
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
free_action (AtkActionData *data, gpointer user_data)
|
|
{
|
|
g_free (data->action_name);
|
|
g_free (data->description);
|
|
g_slice_free (AtkActionData, data);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
free_relation (AtkRelationData *data, gpointer user_data)
|
|
{
|
|
g_free (data->target);
|
|
g_free (data->type);
|
|
g_slice_free (AtkRelationData, data);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
|
|
GtkBuilder *builder)
|
|
{
|
|
GSList *atk_relations;
|
|
|
|
if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_default))
|
|
gtk_widget_grab_default (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
|
|
if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_focus))
|
|
gtk_widget_grab_focus (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
|
|
|
|
atk_relations = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable),
|
|
quark_builder_atk_relations);
|
|
if (atk_relations)
|
|
{
|
|
AtkObject *accessible;
|
|
AtkRelationSet *relation_set;
|
|
GSList *l;
|
|
GObject *target;
|
|
AtkRelationType relation_type;
|
|
AtkObject *target_accessible;
|
|
|
|
accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
|
|
relation_set = atk_object_ref_relation_set (accessible);
|
|
|
|
for (l = atk_relations; l; l = l->next)
|
|
{
|
|
AtkRelationData *relation = (AtkRelationData*)l->data;
|
|
|
|
target = gtk_builder_get_object (builder, relation->target);
|
|
if (!target)
|
|
{
|
|
g_warning ("Target object %s in <relation> does not exist",
|
|
relation->target);
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
target_accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (target));
|
|
g_assert (target_accessible != NULL);
|
|
|
|
relation_type = atk_relation_type_for_name (relation->type);
|
|
if (relation_type == ATK_RELATION_NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
g_warning ("<relation> type %s not found",
|
|
relation->type);
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
atk_relation_set_add_relation_by_type (relation_set, relation_type,
|
|
target_accessible);
|
|
}
|
|
g_object_unref (relation_set);
|
|
|
|
g_slist_foreach (atk_relations, (GFunc)free_relation, NULL);
|
|
g_slist_free (atk_relations);
|
|
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_atk_relations,
|
|
NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
typedef struct {
|
|
GSList *actions;
|
|
GSList *relations;
|
|
} AccessibilitySubParserData;
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
accessibility_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context,
|
|
const gchar *element_name,
|
|
const gchar **names,
|
|
const gchar **values,
|
|
gpointer user_data,
|
|
GError **error)
|
|
{
|
|
AccessibilitySubParserData *data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
|
|
guint i;
|
|
gint line_number, char_number;
|
|
|
|
if (strcmp (element_name, "relation") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
gchar *target = NULL;
|
|
gchar *type = NULL;
|
|
AtkRelationData *relation;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (strcmp (names[i], "target") == 0)
|
|
target = g_strdup (values[i]);
|
|
else if (strcmp (names[i], "type") == 0)
|
|
type = g_strdup (values[i]);
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
|
|
&line_number,
|
|
&char_number);
|
|
g_set_error (error,
|
|
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR,
|
|
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_ATTRIBUTE,
|
|
"%s:%d:%d '%s' is not a valid attribute of <%s>",
|
|
"<input>",
|
|
line_number, char_number, names[i], "relation");
|
|
g_free (target);
|
|
g_free (type);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!target || !type)
|
|
{
|
|
g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
|
|
&line_number,
|
|
&char_number);
|
|
g_set_error (error,
|
|
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR,
|
|
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_MISSING_ATTRIBUTE,
|
|
"%s:%d:%d <%s> requires attribute \"%s\"",
|
|
"<input>",
|
|
line_number, char_number, "relation",
|
|
type ? "target" : "type");
|
|
g_free (target);
|
|
g_free (type);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
relation = g_slice_new (AtkRelationData);
|
|
relation->target = target;
|
|
relation->type = type;
|
|
|
|
data->relations = g_slist_prepend (data->relations, relation);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (strcmp (element_name, "action") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
gchar *action_name = NULL;
|
|
gchar *description = NULL;
|
|
AtkActionData *action;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (strcmp (names[i], "action_name") == 0)
|
|
action_name = g_strdup (values[i]);
|
|
else if (strcmp (names[i], "description") == 0)
|
|
description = g_strdup (values[i]);
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
|
|
&line_number,
|
|
&char_number);
|
|
g_set_error (error,
|
|
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR,
|
|
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_ATTRIBUTE,
|
|
"%s:%d:%d '%s' is not a valid attribute of <%s>",
|
|
"<input>",
|
|
line_number, char_number, names[i], "action");
|
|
g_free (action_name);
|
|
g_free (description);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!action_name || !description)
|
|
{
|
|
g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
|
|
&line_number,
|
|
&char_number);
|
|
g_set_error (error,
|
|
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR,
|
|
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_MISSING_ATTRIBUTE,
|
|
"%s:%d:%d <%s> requires attribute \"%s\"",
|
|
"<input>",
|
|
line_number, char_number, "action",
|
|
description ? "action_name" : "description");
|
|
g_free (action_name);
|
|
g_free (description);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
action = g_slice_new (AtkActionData);
|
|
action->action_name = action_name;
|
|
action->description = description;
|
|
|
|
data->actions = g_slist_prepend (data->actions, action);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (strcmp (element_name, "accessibility") == 0)
|
|
;
|
|
else
|
|
g_warning ("Unsupported tag for GtkWidget: %s\n", element_name);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static const GMarkupParser accessibility_parser =
|
|
{
|
|
accessibility_start_element,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
typedef struct {
|
|
GObject *object;
|
|
guint key;
|
|
guint modifiers;
|
|
gchar *signal;
|
|
} AccelGroupParserData;
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
accel_group_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context,
|
|
const gchar *element_name,
|
|
const gchar **names,
|
|
const gchar **values,
|
|
gpointer user_data,
|
|
GError **error)
|
|
{
|
|
gint i;
|
|
guint key = 0;
|
|
guint modifiers = 0;
|
|
gchar *signal = NULL;
|
|
AccelGroupParserData *parser_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (strcmp (names[i], "key") == 0)
|
|
key = gdk_keyval_from_name (values[i]);
|
|
else if (strcmp (names[i], "modifiers") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!_gtk_builder_flags_from_string (GDK_TYPE_MODIFIER_TYPE,
|
|
values[i],
|
|
&modifiers,
|
|
error))
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (strcmp (names[i], "signal") == 0)
|
|
signal = g_strdup (values[i]);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (key == 0 || signal == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
g_warning ("<accelerator> requires key and signal attributes");
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
parser_data->key = key;
|
|
parser_data->modifiers = modifiers;
|
|
parser_data->signal = signal;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static const GMarkupParser accel_group_parser =
|
|
{
|
|
accel_group_start_element,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static gboolean
|
|
gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start (GtkBuildable *buildable,
|
|
GtkBuilder *builder,
|
|
GObject *child,
|
|
const gchar *tagname,
|
|
GMarkupParser *parser,
|
|
gpointer *data)
|
|
{
|
|
g_assert (buildable);
|
|
|
|
if (strcmp (tagname, "accelerator") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
AccelGroupParserData *parser_data;
|
|
|
|
parser_data = g_slice_new0 (AccelGroupParserData);
|
|
parser_data->object = g_object_ref (buildable);
|
|
*parser = accel_group_parser;
|
|
*data = parser_data;
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (strcmp (tagname, "accessibility") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
AccessibilitySubParserData *parser_data;
|
|
|
|
parser_data = g_slice_new0 (AccessibilitySubParserData);
|
|
*parser = accessibility_parser;
|
|
*data = parser_data;
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
|
|
GtkBuilder *builder,
|
|
GObject *child,
|
|
const gchar *tagname,
|
|
gpointer user_data)
|
|
{
|
|
AccelGroupParserData *accel_data;
|
|
AccessibilitySubParserData *a11y_data;
|
|
GtkWidget *toplevel;
|
|
GSList *accel_groups;
|
|
GtkAccelGroup *accel_group;
|
|
|
|
if (strcmp (tagname, "accelerator") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
accel_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
|
|
g_assert (accel_data->object);
|
|
|
|
toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GTK_WIDGET (accel_data->object));
|
|
accel_groups = gtk_accel_groups_from_object (G_OBJECT (toplevel));
|
|
if (g_slist_length (accel_groups) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
accel_group = gtk_accel_group_new ();
|
|
gtk_window_add_accel_group (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), accel_group);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
g_assert (g_slist_length (accel_groups) == 1);
|
|
accel_group = g_slist_nth_data (accel_groups, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
gtk_widget_add_accelerator (GTK_WIDGET (accel_data->object),
|
|
accel_data->signal,
|
|
accel_group,
|
|
accel_data->key,
|
|
accel_data->modifiers,
|
|
GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE);
|
|
g_object_unref (accel_data->object);
|
|
g_free (accel_data->signal);
|
|
g_slice_free (AccelGroupParserData, accel_data);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (strcmp (tagname, "accessibility") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
a11y_data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
|
|
|
|
if (a11y_data->actions)
|
|
{
|
|
AtkObject *accessible;
|
|
AtkAction *action;
|
|
gint i, n_actions;
|
|
GSList *l;
|
|
|
|
accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
|
|
|
|
action = ATK_ACTION (accessible);
|
|
n_actions = atk_action_get_n_actions (action);
|
|
|
|
for (l = a11y_data->actions; l; l = l->next)
|
|
{
|
|
AtkActionData *action_data = (AtkActionData*)l->data;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < n_actions; i++)
|
|
if (strcmp (atk_action_get_name (action, i),
|
|
action_data->action_name) == 0)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
if (i < n_actions)
|
|
atk_action_set_description (action, i,
|
|
action_data->description);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
g_slist_foreach (a11y_data->actions, (GFunc)free_action, NULL);
|
|
g_slist_free (a11y_data->actions);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (a11y_data->relations)
|
|
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_atk_relations,
|
|
a11y_data->relations);
|
|
|
|
g_slice_free (AccessibilitySubParserData, a11y_data);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_get_clipboard:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @selection: a #GdkAtom which identifies the clipboard
|
|
* to use. %GDK_SELECTION_CLIPBOARD gives the
|
|
* default clipboard. Another common value
|
|
* is %GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY, which gives
|
|
* the primary X selection.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns the clipboard object for the given selection to
|
|
* be used with @widget. @widget must have a #GdkDisplay
|
|
* associated with it, so must be attached to a toplevel
|
|
* window.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: the appropriate clipboard object. If no
|
|
* clipboard already exists, a new one will
|
|
* be created. Once a clipboard object has
|
|
* been created, it is persistent for all time.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.2
|
|
**/
|
|
GtkClipboard *
|
|
gtk_widget_get_clipboard (GtkWidget *widget, GdkAtom selection)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (gtk_widget_has_screen (widget), NULL);
|
|
|
|
return gtk_clipboard_get_for_display (gtk_widget_get_display (widget),
|
|
selection);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns a newly allocated list of the widgets, normally labels, for
|
|
* which this widget is a the target of a mnemonic (see for example,
|
|
* gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget()).
|
|
|
|
* The widgets in the list are not individually referenced. If you
|
|
* want to iterate through the list and perform actions involving
|
|
* callbacks that might destroy the widgets, you
|
|
* <emphasis>must</emphasis> call <literal>g_list_foreach (result,
|
|
* (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL)</literal> first, and then unref all the
|
|
* widgets afterwards.
|
|
|
|
* Return value: the list of mnemonic labels; free this list
|
|
* with g_list_free() when you are done with it.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.4
|
|
**/
|
|
GList *
|
|
gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
GList *list = NULL;
|
|
GSList *l;
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|
|
|
for (l = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels); l; l = l->next)
|
|
list = g_list_prepend (list, l->data);
|
|
|
|
return list;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @label: a #GtkWidget that acts as a mnemonic label for @widget
|
|
*
|
|
* Adds a widget to the list of mnemonic labels for
|
|
* this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). Note the
|
|
* list of mnemonic labels for the widget is cleared when the
|
|
* widget is destroyed, so the caller must make sure to update
|
|
* its internal state at this point as well, by using a connection
|
|
* to the #GtkWidget::destroy signal or a weak notifier.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.4
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkWidget *label)
|
|
{
|
|
GSList *old_list, *new_list;
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (label));
|
|
|
|
old_list = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels);
|
|
new_list = g_slist_prepend (old_list, label);
|
|
|
|
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels,
|
|
new_list, (GDestroyNotify) g_slist_free);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_remove_mnemonic_label:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @label: a #GtkWidget that was previously set as a mnemnic label for
|
|
* @widget with gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label().
|
|
*
|
|
* Removes a widget from the list of mnemonic labels for
|
|
* this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). The widget
|
|
* must have previously been added to the list with
|
|
* gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label().
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.4
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_remove_mnemonic_label (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkWidget *label)
|
|
{
|
|
GSList *old_list, *new_list;
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (label));
|
|
|
|
old_list = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels);
|
|
new_list = g_slist_remove (old_list, label);
|
|
|
|
if (new_list)
|
|
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels,
|
|
new_list, (GDestroyNotify) g_slist_free);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_get_no_show_all:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns the current value of the GtkWidget:no-show-all property,
|
|
* which determines whether calls to gtk_widget_show_all() and
|
|
* gtk_widget_hide_all() will affect this widget.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: the current value of the "no-show-all" property.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.4
|
|
**/
|
|
gboolean
|
|
gtk_widget_get_no_show_all (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|
|
|
return (GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_NO_SHOW_ALL) != 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_set_no_show_all:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @no_show_all: the new value for the "no-show-all" property
|
|
*
|
|
* Sets the #GtkWidget:no-show-all property, which determines whether
|
|
* calls to gtk_widget_show_all() and gtk_widget_hide_all() will affect
|
|
* this widget.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is mostly for use in constructing widget hierarchies with externally
|
|
* controlled visibility, see #GtkUIManager.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.4
|
|
**/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_set_no_show_all (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
gboolean no_show_all)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
no_show_all = (no_show_all != FALSE);
|
|
|
|
if (no_show_all == ((GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_NO_SHOW_ALL) != 0))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if (no_show_all)
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_NO_SHOW_ALL);
|
|
else
|
|
GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_NO_SHOW_ALL);
|
|
|
|
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "no-show-all");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
gboolean has_tooltip,
|
|
gboolean force)
|
|
{
|
|
gboolean priv_has_tooltip;
|
|
|
|
priv_has_tooltip = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
|
|
quark_has_tooltip));
|
|
|
|
if (priv_has_tooltip != has_tooltip || force)
|
|
{
|
|
priv_has_tooltip = has_tooltip;
|
|
|
|
if (priv_has_tooltip)
|
|
{
|
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget) && GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
|
|
gdk_window_set_events (widget->window,
|
|
gdk_window_get_events (widget->window) |
|
|
GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK |
|
|
GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK |
|
|
GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK);
|
|
|
|
if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
|
|
gtk_widget_add_events (widget,
|
|
GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK |
|
|
GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK |
|
|
GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_has_tooltip,
|
|
GUINT_TO_POINTER (priv_has_tooltip));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @custom_window: a #GtkWindow, or %NULL
|
|
*
|
|
* Replaces the default, usually yellow, window used for displaying
|
|
* tooltips with @custom_window. GTK+ will take care of showing and
|
|
* hiding @custom_window at the right moment, to behave likewise as
|
|
* the default tooltip window. If @custom_window is %NULL, the default
|
|
* tooltip window will be used.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.12
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
GtkWindow *custom_window)
|
|
{
|
|
gboolean tmp;
|
|
gchar *tooltip_markup;
|
|
GtkWindow *tooltip_window;
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
if (custom_window)
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WINDOW (custom_window));
|
|
|
|
tooltip_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_window);
|
|
tooltip_markup = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_markup);
|
|
|
|
if (custom_window)
|
|
g_object_ref (custom_window);
|
|
|
|
tooltip_window = custom_window;
|
|
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_window,
|
|
tooltip_window, g_object_unref);
|
|
|
|
tmp = (tooltip_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
|
|
gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, tmp, FALSE);
|
|
|
|
if (tmp)
|
|
gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_query (widget);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_get_tooltip_window:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns the #GtkWindow of the current tooltip. This can be the
|
|
* GtkWindow created by default, or the custom tooltip window set
|
|
* using gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window().
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: The #GtkWindow of the current tooltip.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.12
|
|
*/
|
|
GtkWindow *
|
|
gtk_widget_get_tooltip_window (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|
|
|
return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_window);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_query:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Triggers a tooltip query on the display where the toplevel of @widget
|
|
* is located. See gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query() for more
|
|
* information.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.12
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query (gtk_widget_get_display (widget));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @text: the contents of the tooltip for @widget
|
|
*
|
|
* Sets @text as the contents of the tooltip. This function will take
|
|
* care of setting GtkWidget:has-tooltip to %TRUE and of the default
|
|
* handler for the GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal.
|
|
*
|
|
* See also the GtkWidget:tooltip-text property and gtk_tooltip_set_text().
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.12
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
const gchar *text)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-text", text, NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
|
|
* returned string with g_free() when done.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.12
|
|
*/
|
|
gchar *
|
|
gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
gchar *text = NULL;
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|
|
|
g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-text", &text, NULL);
|
|
|
|
return text;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @markup: the contents of the tooltip for @widget, or %NULL
|
|
*
|
|
* Sets @markup as the contents of the tooltip, which is marked up with
|
|
* the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function will take care of setting GtkWidget:has-tooltip to %TRUE
|
|
* and of the default handler for the GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal.
|
|
*
|
|
* See also the GtkWidget:tooltip-markup property and
|
|
* gtk_tooltip_set_markup().
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.12
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
const gchar *markup)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-markup", markup, NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
|
|
* returned string with g_free() when done.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.12
|
|
*/
|
|
gchar *
|
|
gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
gchar *text = NULL;
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|
|
|
g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-markup", &text, NULL);
|
|
|
|
return text;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
* @has_tooltip: whether or not @widget has a tooltip.
|
|
*
|
|
* Sets the has-tooltip property on @widget to @has_tooltip. See
|
|
* GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.12
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
gboolean has_tooltip)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|
|
|
g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-tooltip", has_tooltip, NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns the current value of the has-tooltip property. See
|
|
* GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: current value of has-tooltip on @widget.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: 2.12
|
|
*/
|
|
gboolean
|
|
gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
gboolean has_tooltip = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|
|
|
g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-tooltip", &has_tooltip, NULL);
|
|
|
|
return has_tooltip;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_get_allocation:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Retrieves the widget's allocation.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: widget's allocation
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: GSEAL-branch
|
|
*/
|
|
GtkAllocation
|
|
gtk_widget_get_allocation (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
GtkAllocation allocation;
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), allocation);
|
|
|
|
return widget->allocation;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* gtk_widget_get_window:
|
|
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns the widget's window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise
|
|
*
|
|
* Return value: @widget's window.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since: GSEAL-branch
|
|
*/
|
|
GdkWindow*
|
|
gtk_widget_get_window (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|
{
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|
|
|
return widget->window;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#define __GTK_WIDGET_C__
|
|
#include "gtkaliasdef.c"
|